HP E5100A,B Service

Add to My manuals
421 Pages

advertisement

HP E5100A,B Service | Manualzz
Agilent E5100A/B Network Analyzer
Service Manual
SERIAL NUMBERS
This manual applies directly to instruments with serial number prex
\JP1KC" and above, and whose rmware is version 1.0 and above.
Agilent Part No. E5100-90130
Printed in JAPAN October 2002
Fourth Edition
Notice
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice.
This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. All rights are
reserved. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another
language without the prior written consent of the Agilent Technologies Company.
Agilent Technologies Japan, Ltd.
Component Test PGU-Kobe
1-3-2, Murotani, Nishi-ku, Kobe-shi,
Hyogo, 651-2241 Japan
The customer shall have the personal, non-transferable rights to use, copy, or modify SAMPLE
PROGRAMS in this manual for the Customer's internal operations. The customer shall use the
SAMPLE PROGRAMS solely and exclusively for their own purpose and shall not license, lease,
market, or distribute the SAMPLE PROGRAMS or modication of any part thereof.
Agilent Technologies shall not be liable for the quality, performance, or behavior of the
SAMPLE PROGRAMS. Agilent Technologies especially disclaims that the operation of the
SAMPLE PROGRAMS shall be uninterrupted or error free. The SAMPLE PROGRAMS are
provided AS IS.
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Agilent Technologies shall not be liable for any infringement of any patent, trademark,
copyright, or other proprietary rights by the SAMPLE PROGRAMS or their use. Agilent
Technologies does not warrant that the SAMPLE PROGRAMS are free from infringements of
such rights of third parties. However, Agilent Technologies will not knowingly infringe or
deliver software that infringes the patent, trademark, copyright, or other proprietary right of a
third party.
R
MS-DOS
is a U.S. registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
c Copyright 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000,2002 Agilent Technologies Japan, Ltd.
Manual Printing History
The manual printing date and part number indicate its current edition. The printing date
changes when a new edition is printed. (Minor corrections and updates that are incorporated
at reprint do not cause the date to change.) The manual part number changes when extensive
technical changes are incorporated.
October 1996 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Preliminary
July 1998 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : First Edition
March 1999 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Second Edition (part number: E5100-90120)
June 2000 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Third Edition (part number: E5100-90120)
October 2002 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Fourth Edition (part number: E5100-90130)
Typeface Conventions
Bold
Italics
Computer
4HARDKEYS5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SOFTKEYS
Boldface type is used when a term is dened. For example: icons are
symbols.
Italic type is used for emphasis and for titles of manuals and other
publications.
Italic type is also used for keyboard entries when a name or a variable
must be typed in place of the words in italics. For example: copy
lename means to type the word copy, to type a space, and then to
type the name of a le such as file1.
Computer font is used for on-screen prompts and messages.
Labeled keys on the instrument front panel are enclosed in 4 5.
Softkeys located to the right of the LCD display are enclosed in
NNNNN
.
iii
Contents
1. General Information
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organization of Service Manual . . . . . .
Instruments Covered by Manual . . . . .
For servicing the E5100A with Option 509 .
Table of Service Test Equipment . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
2. Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
1. Frequency Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Harmonics Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Phase Noise Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Source Power Linearity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. Receiver Noise Level Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Trace Noise Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9. Residual Response Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10. Input Crosstalk Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-6
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-11
2-11
2-11
2-11
2-14
2-14
2-14
2-14
2-19
2-19
2-19
2-19
2-22
2-22
2-22
2-22
2-25
2-25
2-25
2-25
2-28
2-28
Contents-1
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Option 200/300/400 with Option 002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.001, Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 and Opt.010,
and Opt.600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 without Opt.010 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Option 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Impedance: 50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Impedance: 1M
(Opt.101/301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14. Phase Frequency Response Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
1. Frequency Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Harmonics Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Phase Noise Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Source Power Linearity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-28
2-28
2-28
2-34
2-37
2-37
2-37
2-37
2-42
2-42
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-46
2-48
2-48
2-50
2-52
2-52
2-54
2-56
2-56
2-58
2-60
2-60
2-60
2-60
2-60
2-63
2-65
2-65
2-65
2-65
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-8
3-8
3-8
3-8
3-11
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. Receiver Noise Level Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Trace Noise Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9. Residual Response Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10. Input Crosstalk Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Option 218/318 with Option 002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Opt.218/318 with Opt.001, Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 and Opt.010, and
Opt.618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 without Opt.010 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Option 118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Level Test: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Impedance: 50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Impedance: 1M
(Opt.101/301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14. Phase Frequency Response Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-11
3-11
3-11
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-19
3-19
3-19
3-19
3-22
3-22
3-22
3-22
3-25
3-25
3-25
3-25
3-25
3-30
3-30
3-30
3-30
3-35
3-35
3-36
3-36
3-36
3-36
3-39
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-41
3-41
3-43
3-45
3-45
3-47
3-49
3-49
3-51
3-53
3-53
3-53
3-53
3-53
3-56
3-58
3-58
3-58
3-58
Contents-3
4. Adjustments
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . .
Required Controller . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows PC (Personal Computer) . . . .
Software Requirements . . . . . . . . .
Required Test Equipment . . . . . . . . .
Order of Adjustments . . . . . . . . . .
Performing Adjustments . . . . . . . . .
Setting Up the System . . . . . . . . .
Installing Adjustment Program into Your PC
Running the Adjustment Program . . . . .
1. VCXO Frequency Calibration . . . . . .
Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Source Correction . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. IF Attenuator Correction . . . . . . .
Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Receiver Calibration . . . . . . . . . .
Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-5
4-6
4-6
4-6
4-7
4-7
4-7
4-9
4-9
4-9
4-11
4-11
4-11
5. Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting Summary . . . . . . . .
Start Here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspect the Power On Sequence . . . . . .
Check the Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check the Front Displays . . . . . . . .
Check Error Message . . . . . . . . . .
Inspect the Performance Test Result . . .
Inspect the Rear Panel Feature . . . . . .
Check the GPIB Interface . . . . . . .
Check the Parallel Interface . . . . . .
Check the mini DIN Keyboard Connector
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5-1
5-1
5-3
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-5
6. Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Tests Failure Troubleshooting .
Perform Adjustments . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshoot Suspicious Functional Group .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6-1
6-2
6-2
6-2
7. Power Supply Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Start Here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check the Power On Sequence . . . . . . . .
Troubleshoot the Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshoot the Fan . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshoot the Power Supplies . . . . . . . .
Measure the Output Voltages of Power Supplies
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-1
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-4
7-4
Contents-4
8. Digital Control Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 CPU Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firmware Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Choosing and Ordering a Required Firmware Disk .
Checking if Option 509 is installed . . . . . . . .
Checking the Currently Installed Firmware Revision
Checking Maximum Number of Sweep Points . . .
Checking the LCD Display Type . . . . . . . . .
2. Installing the Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Start Here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1. Check the Power On Sequence . . . . . . . . . .
Check the A1 LEDs (DS1, DS2, and DS3) . . . . .
2. Check Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check the Internal Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Internal Tests (No. 10 - No. 98) . . . . . . .
3. Check the A1 ICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 DRAM Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Instruction Flash Memory Test . . . . . . . . .
A1 Peripheral IC -1 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 SRAM Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Storage Flash Memory Test . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Peripheral IC -2 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Check the A43/44/45/46 I/O Port . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-1
8-1
8-2
8-2
8-2
8-2
8-3
8-3
8-4
8-5
8-5
8-5
8-7
8-7
8-15
8-16
8-16
8-17
8-18
8-19
8-19
8-20
8-21
9. Source Group Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Group Troubleshooting Summary . . . . .
Start Here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check A27 Synthesizer Outputs . . . . . . . . .
Check A50 High Stability Oscillator (Option 1D5) .
Start Here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check A27 Synthesizer Output . . . . . . . . . .
1. Check the INT REF Signal . . . . . . . . . .
2. Check the EXT REF Operation . . . . . . . .
Check the A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5) .
10. Receiver Group Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Group Troubleshooting Summary
Start Here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Start Here . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9-1
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-2
9-3
9-6
9-6
9-8
9-9
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10-1
10-2
10-2
10-3
11. Accessories Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verify Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using 75 Connectors with 50 Connectors
Inspect the Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspect the Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verify the Probe Power . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11-1
11-2
11-2
11-2
11-3
11-3
Contents-5
12. Service Key Menus
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTERNAL TESTS . . . . . . . . . .
EXECUTE TEST . . . . . . . . . . .
24BIT I/O TEST . . . . . . . . . .
FIRMWARE REVISION . . . . . . . .
Internal Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Tests . . . . . . . . . . . .
BOOTLOADER MENU . . . . . . . . .
FIRMWARE UPDATE - OK . . . . . . .
FIRWARE UPDATE - FIRMWARE VERSION
REBOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
12-1
12-2
12-2
12-2
12-2
12-2
12-3
12-3
12-4
12-4
12-4
12-4
13. Theory of Operation
System Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analyzer Functional Groups . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PS 130W Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulated +5VD, +15VA, 015VA, +24VA Supplies
Shutdown Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PS 30W Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulated +5VA, +12VA, 012VA Supplies . . . .
Shutdown Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Fan Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Power Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Control Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A2 Peripheral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A40 Front Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A27 Synthesizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REF OSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRAC N OSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LO PLL Synthesizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A24 Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multipliers (23, 22, 22) . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LO Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A25 RF Amplier (Opt.010/600) . . . . . . . . .
Source Group Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A26R/A/B/C Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replaceable Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direct Mail Order System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assemblies in Main Board Slots . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
13-1
13-2
13-2
13-4
13-4
13-4
13-4
13-4
13-4
13-4
13-4
13-4
13-5
13-6
13-8
13-8
13-8
13-8
13-8
13-9
13-9
13-9
13-9
13-9
13-10
13-10
13-10
13-10
13-10
13-10
13-11
13-11
13-11
13-14
13-14
13-15
13-15
13-17
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Contents-6
NNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Bottom Assemblies
Front Assemblies
Rear Assemblies .
Chassis Assemblies
Other Parts . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
13-28
13-30
13-57
13-70
13-78
14. Replacement Procedures
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outer Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1/A2/A3 Board Removal . . . . . . . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A24/A25/A26(R through C)/A27 Board Removal
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A40 Keyboard Removal . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Display Assembly Removal . . . . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Disk Drive Assembly Removal . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Panel Assembly Removal . . . . . . . .
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
14-1
14-1
14-1
14-1
14-2
14-2
14-2
14-2
14-2
14-2
14-3
14-3
14-3
14-3
14-3
14-3
14-4
14-4
14-4
14-4
14-4
14-4
14-4
14-4
14-4
15. Board Conguration
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Board Conguration . . . . . . .
Bit Switch Settings . . . . . . . . .
Flash Memories and SIMM . . . . .
A24 Board Conguration . . . . . . .
Jumper Setting . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Connection . . . . . . . . .
A25 Board Conguration (Opt.010/600)
Jumper Settings . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Connection . . . . . . . . .
PS 130W Power Supply . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15-1
15-2
15-2
15-3
15-4
15-4
15-6
15-8
15-8
15-9
15-10
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Contents-7
16. Post Repair Procedures
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A. Calculation Sheet
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Harmonics Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Phase Noise Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Source Power Linearity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Attenuator Calibration Value at 50 MHz . . . . . . .
Reference (0 dBm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Power Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
With option 001 and without option 010 . . . . . . . .
With Option 002 and without Option 010 . . . . . . . .
With Option 003 and without Option 010 . . . . . . . .
With both Option 001 and Option 010 . . . . . . . . . .
With both Option 002 and Option 010 . . . . . . . . . .
With both Option 003 and Option 010, or with Option 600
7. Receiver Noise Level Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 300 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 3 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 30 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 3 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 30 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10. Input Crosstalk Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . .
R input (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R input (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A input (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A input (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B input (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B input (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C input (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C input (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step Attenuator Calibration Value at 50 MHz . . . . . . .
A/R Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B/R Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C/R Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C/B Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16-1
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-5
A-5
A-5
A-5
A-6
A-6
A-6
A-7
A-7
A-8
A-8
A-8
A-9
A-9
A-10
A-10
A-10
A-11
A-11
A-11
A-11
A-12
A-13
A-13
A-19
A-19
A-19
A-19
A-20
A-20
A-20
A-21
A-21
A-22
A-22
A-22
A-22
A-22
A-23
A-23
A-23
A-24
A-24
A-24
A-25
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
1. Frequency Range and Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Without Option 1D5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
With Option 1D5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Harmonics Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 001/002/003 without Option 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 010 or Option 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Phase Noise Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Level Accuracy (at 50 MHz, 0 dBm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Level Flatness (relative to 0 dBm at 50 MHz) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 001/002 without Option 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 003 without Option 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 010 or Option 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Source Power Linearity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 001 without Option 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 002 without Option 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 001 with Option 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 002 with Option 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 003 without Option 010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 003 with Option 010, Option 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. Receiver Noise Level Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 300 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 3 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 30 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 3 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 30 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Trace Noise Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9. Residual Response Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10. Input Crosstalk Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input R (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input R (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input A (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input A (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input B (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input B (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input C (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
A-25
A-25
B-1
B-1
B-1
B-2
B-2
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-6
B-6
B-6
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-8
B-8
B-8
B-9
B-9
B-9
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-10
B-11
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-12
B-13
B-15
B-15
B-16
B-16
B-17
B-18
B-18
B-19
B-20
B-20
B-20
B-20
B-21
B-21
B-21
B-22
Contents-9
Input C (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . .
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . .
A/R Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B/R Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C/R Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C/B Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A Measurement (Option 100) . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test . .
E5100A (Input Impedance: 50 ) . . . . . . .
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
C/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB) .
C/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
E5100A (Input Impedance: 1 M
) . . . . . . .
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
14. Phase Frequency Response Test . . . . . . .
E5100A (Input Impedance: 50 ) . . . . . . .
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
C/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB) .
C/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B-22
B-23
B-23
B-23
B-23
B-24
B-24
B-24
B-25
B-25
B-25
B-26
B-26
B-26
B-27
B-27
B-27
B-28
B-28
B-28
B-28
B-28
B-28
B-29
B-29
B-29
B-29
B-30
B-30
B-30
B-30
B-30
B-30
B-30
B-31
B-31
B-31
B-31
B-31
B-31
B-32
B-32
B-32
B-32
C. Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
1. Frequency Range and Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Without Option 1D5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
With Option 1D5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Harmonics Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 001/002/003 without Option 010 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option 010 or Option 618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Phase Noise Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Level Accuracy (at 50 MHz, 0 dBm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C-1
C-1
C-1
C-2
C-2
C-2
C-3
C-4
C-4
Contents-10
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Level Flatness (relative to 0 dBm at 50 MHz) .
Option 001/002 without Option 010 . . . . .
Option 003 without Option 010 . . . . . . .
Option 010 or Option 618 . . . . . . . . . .
6. Source Power Linearity Test . . . . . . . . .
Option 001 without Option 010 . . . . . . . .
Option 002 without Option 010 . . . . . . . .
Option 001 with Option 010 . . . . . . . . .
Option 002 with Option 010 . . . . . . . . .
Option 003 without Option 010 . . . . . . . .
Option 003 with Option 010, Option 618 . . . .
7. Receiver Noise Level Test . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 300 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 3 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At IF BW 30 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Trace Noise Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9. Residual Response Test . . . . . . . . . . .
Input-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10. Input Crosstalk Test . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test . . . . .
Input R (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . .
Input R (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . .
Input A (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . .
Input A (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . .
Input B (Attenuator: 0 dB) . . . . . . . . . .
Input B (Attenuator: 25 dB) . . . . . . . . .
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . . .
A/R Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B/R Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A Measurement (Option 118) . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test . .
E5100A (Input Impedance: 50 ) . . . . . . .
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
E5100A (Input Impedance: 1 M
) . . . . . . .
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
14. Phase Frequency Response Test . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-5
C-6
C-6
C-6
C-6
C-7
C-7
C-7
C-8
C-8
C-8
C-8
C-8
C-8
C-8
C-9
C-10
C-12
C-12
C-12
C-13
C-14
C-14
C-15
C-15
C-15
C-15
C-16
C-16
C-16
C-17
C-17
C-17
C-17
C-18
C-18
C-18
C-19
C-19
C-19
C-20
C-20
C-20
C-20
C-20
C-20
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-21
C-22
Contents-11
E5100A (Input Impedance: 50 ) . . . . . . .
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB) .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C-22
C-22
C-22
C-22
C-22
D. Manual Changes
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-1
D-1
D-2
Messages
Error Messages in Alphabetical Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Messages-1
.
Index
Contents-12
Figures
1-1.
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
2-8.
2-9.
2-10.
2-11.
2-12.
2-13.
2-14.
2-15.
2-16.
2-17.
2-18.
2-19.
2-20.
2-21.
2-22.
2-23.
2-24.
2-25.
2-26.
2-27.
2-28.
2-29.
2-30.
2-31.
2-32.
2-33.
2-34.
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
Serial Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmonics Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Harmonic Spurious Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Noise Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Noise Level Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trace Noise Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residual Response Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R into A, B, C Input Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A into R, B, C Input Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B into R, A, C Input Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C into R, A, B Input Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R into A Input Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A into R Input Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.002 . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.002 . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.002 . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.001,
Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.600 . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.001,
Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.600 . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.001,
Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.600 . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 without
Opt.010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 without
Opt.010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 without
Opt.010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-1 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Frequency Response Test Setup-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Frequency Response Test Setup-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmonics Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Noise Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-2
2-1
2-4
2-6
2-9
2-12
2-15
2-19
2-22
2-25
2-29
2-32
2-33
2-33
2-34
2-36
2-38
2-44
2-46
2-47
. .
2-48
. .
2-50
. .
2-51
. .
2-52
. .
2-54
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-55
2-56
2-58
2-59
2-61
2-62
2-63
2-64
2-65
2-67
3-1
3-3
3-6
3-9
3-12
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Contents-13
3-6.
3-7.
3-8.
3-9.
3-10.
3-11.
3-12.
3-13.
3-14.
3-15.
3-16.
3-17.
3-18.
3-19.
3-20.
3-21.
3-22.
3-23.
3-24.
3-25.
3-26.
3-27.
3-28.
3-29.
3-30.
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
4-7.
4-8.
4-9.
5-1.
7-1.
7-2.
8-1.
8-2.
9-1.
9-2.
9-3.
11-1.
13-1.
13-2.
13-3.
13-4.
13-5.
13-6.
13-7.
13-8.
13-9.
Receiver Noise Level Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trace Noise Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residual Response Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R into A, B Input Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A into R, B Input Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B into R, A Input Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.002 . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.002 . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.002 . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.001, Opt.218/318 with
Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.001, Opt.218/318 with
Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.001, Opt.218/318 with
Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Frequency Response Test Setup-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Frequency Response Test Setup-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment Hardware Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VCXO Frequency Calibration Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sensor Calibration Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Correction Setup 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Correction Setup 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IF Attenuator Correction Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Calibration Setup 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Calibration Setup 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Calibration Setup 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan Troubleshooting Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Output Pins on A20 Mother Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firmware Revision Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 CPU LED Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INT REF Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical INT REF Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXT REF Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe Power Connector Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simplied System Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Simplied Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Section Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Group Simplied Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Section Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiver Section Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assemblies in Main Board Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PS 130W Power Supply Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A24 Board Shield Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-14
3-16
3-19
3-22
3-26
3-28
3-29
3-31
3-37
3-39
3-40
3-41
3-43
3-44
3-45
3-47
3-48
3-49
3-51
3-52
3-54
3-55
3-56
3-57
3-58
3-60
4-4
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-8
4-10
4-12
4-13
4-14
5-2
7-2
7-4
8-3
8-5
9-6
9-7
9-8
11-3
13-1
13-3
13-7
13-10
13-12
13-13
13-17
13-19
13-20
13-10.
13-11.
13-12.
13-13.
13-14.
13-15.
13-16.
13-17.
13-18.
13-19.
13-20.
13-21.
13-22.
13-23.
13-24.
13-25.
13-26.
13-27.
13-28.
13-29.
13-30.
13-31.
13-32.
13-33.
13-34.
13-35.
13-36.
13-37.
13-38.
13-39.
13-40.
13-41.
13-42.
13-43.
13-44.
13-45.
13-46.
13-47.
13-48.
13-49.
13-50.
13-51.
13-52.
13-53.
13-54.
13-55.
13-56.
13-57.
13-58.
13-59.
13-60.
13-61.
13-62.
13-63.
15-1.
A25 Board Shield Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A27 to Rear Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A24 to RF OUT 1/RF OUT 2/A25/A28) . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A27 to A24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A25 to RF OUT 1/RF OUT 2/A24/A28) . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A26R/A/B/C to Port R/A/B/C or A29) . . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A24 to A26) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A20 Mother Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Cable Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Sub Panel and RF OUT Connector Assemblies . . . . . . .
RF OUT Cable Clamps (Opt.010 or 600) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Port and Probe Power Connector Assemblies . . . . . . . .
Front Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Keyboard Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monochrome LCD Assembly 1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monochrome LCD Assembly 2/4 (Including Power Supply PS 30W)
Monochrome LCD Assembly 3/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monochrome LCD Assembly 4/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 1/6 (Including Power Supply PS 30W) . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 2/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 3/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 4/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 5/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 6/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monochrome/Color LCD Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 2/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A28 Source Switch Board (Opt.003) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A29 50
/1M
Switch (Opt.101/301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
/1M
Label (Opt.101/301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXT REF/INT REF Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REF OVEN Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXT PROG RUN/CONT Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear RF Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPIB/Printer Port and AC Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ac Inlet Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Display/KeyBoard I/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Blank Pannel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital I/O Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Board Flat Cable 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Board Flat Cable 2/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Frame Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chassis Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shield Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Strap Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outer Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Switch Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
13-21
13-22
13-23
13-24
13-25
13-26
13-27
13-28
13-29
13-30
13-32
13-33
13-36
13-37
13-38
13-39
13-40
13-41
13-42
13-43
13-44
13-45
13-46
13-47
13-48
13-49
13-50
13-51
13-52
13-53
13-54
13-55
13-56
13-57
13-58
13-59
13-60
13-61
13-62
13-63
13-64
13-65
13-66
13-67
13-68
13-69
13-70
13-71
13-72
13-73
13-74
13-75
13-76
13-77
15-2
Contents-15
15-2.
15-3.
15-4.
15-5.
15-6.
15-7.
D-1.
A1 Flash Memory and SIMM Location . . . . .
A24 Jumper Location and Settings . . . . . .
A24 Connector Location . . . . . . . . . . .
A25 Jumper and Switch Locations and Settings
A25 Cable Connection . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shunt Connector of Power Supply PS 130W . .
Serial Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-16
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15-3
15-4
15-6
15-8
15-9
15-10
D-2
Tables
1-1.
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
2-8.
2-9.
2-10.
2-11.
2-12.
2-13.
2-14.
2-15.
2-16.
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
3-7.
3-8.
3-9.
3-10.
3-11.
3-12.
3-13.
3-14.
4-1.
4-2.
6-1.
6-2.
7-1.
7-2.
8-1.
8-2.
8-3.
8-4.
8-5.
8-6.
8-7.
8-8.
8-9.
Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmonics Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Harmonic Spurious Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Noise Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.001 without Opt.010) . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.002 without Opt.010) . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.003 without Opt.010) . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.001 with Opt.010) . . . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.002 with Opt.010) . . . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.003 with Opt.010, or Opt.600)
Trace Noise Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100B Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmonics Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Noise Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.001 without Opt.010) . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.002 without Opt.010) . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.003 without Opt.010) . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.001 with Opt.010) . . . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.002 with Opt.010) . . . . . .
Source Power Linearity Test Setup (Opt.003 with Opt.010, or Opt.618)
Trace Noise Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E5100A Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Test Equipment for Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Name and GPIB Address Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Group to Suspect When a Performance Test Fails . . . . .
Power Supply Output Voltages on A20 Mother Board . . . . . . . . .
Output Voltage Test Result and Replacement Assembly . . . . . . . .
E5100A/B Hardware Conguration and Required Firmware Disk . . .
A1 LEDs (DS1) Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 LEDs (DS2 and DS3) Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure . . .
A1 DRAM Test Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 DRAM Test Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Instruction Flash Memory Test Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Instruction Flash Memory Test Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Peripheral IC -1 Test Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-4
2-5
2-8
2-10
2-16
2-16
2-16
2-17
2-17
2-18
2-23
2-29
2-34
2-39
2-39
2-40
2-41
3-5
3-7
3-13
3-13
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-15
3-20
3-25
3-32
3-32
3-33
3-34
4-3
4-5
6-2
6-3
7-5
7-5
8-2
8-6
8-6
8-8
8-16
8-17
8-17
8-18
8-18
Contents-17
8-10.
8-11.
8-12.
8-13.
8-14.
8-15.
8-16.
8-17.
13-1.
13-2.
13-3.
13-4.
13-5.
13-6.
13-7.
13-8.
13-9.
13-10.
13-11.
13-12.
13-13.
13-14.
13-15.
13-16.
13-17.
13-18.
13-19.
13-20.
13-21.
13-22.
13-23.
13-24.
13-25.
13-26.
13-27.
13-28.
13-29.
13-30.
13-31.
13-32.
13-33.
13-34.
13-35.
13-36.
13-37.
13-38.
13-39.
13-40.
13-41.
13-42.
13-43.
13-44.
13-45.
13-46.
13-47.
A1 Peripheral IC -1 Test Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 SRAM Test Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 SRAM Test Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Storage Flash Memory Test Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Storage Flash Memory Test Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Peripheral IC -2 Test Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1 Peripheral IC -2 Test Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Test Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manufacturers Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Reference Designators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assemblies in Main Board Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PS 130W Power Supply Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A24 Board Shield Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A25 Board Shield Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A27 to Rear Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A24 to RF OUT 1/RF OUT 2/A25/A28) . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A27 to A24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A25 to RF OUT 1/RF OUT 2/A24/A28) . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A26R/A/B/C to Port R/A/B/C or A29) . . . . . . . . .
RF Cables (A24 to A26) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A20 Mother Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Cable Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Sub Panel and RF OUT Connector Assemblies . . . . . . .
RF Cable for RF OUT 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cable for RF OUT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF OUT Cable Clamps (Opt.010 or 600) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Port Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cable for Port R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cable for Port A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cable for Port B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cable for Port C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe Power Connector and Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Keyboard Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monochrome LCD Assembly 1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monochrome LCD Assembly 2/4 (Including Power Supply PS 30W)
Monochrome LCD Assembly 3/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monochrome LCD Assembly 4/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 1/6 (Including Power Supply PS 30W) . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 2/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 3/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 4/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 5/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color LCD Assembly 6/6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monochrome/Color LCD Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 2/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A28 Source Switch Board (Opt.003) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A29 50
/1M
Switch (Opt.101/301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
/1M
Label (Opt.101/301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXT REF/INT REF Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents-18
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8-18
8-19
8-19
8-19
8-20
8-20
8-20
8-21
13-14
13-15
13-16
13-18
13-19
13-20
13-21
13-22
13-23
13-24
13-25
13-26
13-27
13-28
13-29
13-31
13-31
13-31
13-32
13-33
13-34
13-34
13-35
13-35
13-35
13-36
13-37
13-38
13-39
13-40
13-41
13-42
13-43
13-44
13-45
13-46
13-47
13-48
13-49
13-50
13-51
13-52
13-53
13-54
13-55
13-56
13-57
13-48.
13-49.
13-50.
13-51.
13-52.
13-53.
13-54.
13-55.
13-56.
13-57.
13-58.
13-59.
13-60.
13-61.
13-62.
13-63.
13-64.
13-65.
13-66.
13-67.
13-68.
13-69.
15-1.
15-2.
15-3.
15-4.
15-5.
15-6.
15-7.
15-8.
16-1.
D-1.
D-2.
REF OVEN Connector . . . . . . .
EXT PROG RUN/CONT Connector . .
Rear RF Cables . . . . . . . . . .
Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .
GPIB/Printer Port and AC Inlet . . .
Ac Inlet Assembly . . . . . . . . .
External Display/KeyBoard I/F . . .
I/O Blank Pannel . . . . . . . . . .
Digital I/O Assembly . . . . . . . .
Rear Board Flat Cable 1/2 . . . . .
Rear Board Flat Cable 2/2 . . . . .
Rear Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Frame Assembly . . . . . . .
Chassis Parts . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Screws . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Trim . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shield Plate . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Strap Handle . . . . . . . . . . .
Outer Cover Assembly . . . . . . .
Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Accessories . . . . .
A1 Switch Settings . . . . . . . . .
A1 Flash Memory and Stored Data .
A24 Jumper Settings 1 . . . . . . .
A24 Jumper Settings 2 . . . . . . .
A24 Cable Connection 1 . . . . . .
A24 Cable Connection 2 . . . . . .
A25 Jumper and Switch Settings . .
A25 Cable Connection . . . . . . .
Post Repair Procedures . . . . . . .
Manual Changes by Serial Number .
Manual Changes by Firmware Version
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
13-58
13-59
13-60
13-61
13-62
13-63
13-64
13-65
13-66
13-67
13-68
13-69
13-70
13-71
13-72
13-73
13-74
13-75
13-76
13-77
13-78
13-78
15-2
15-3
15-5
15-5
15-7
15-7
15-8
15-9
16-2
D-1
D-1
Contents-19
1
General Information
Introduction
This manual contains technical information concerning the adjustment and servicing of the
E5100A/B Network Analyzer.
Organization of Service Manual
Tabs are used to divide the major chapter of this manual. The names of the tabs following this
chapter, and the contents, are described below.
Adjustments provides instructions for adjustment and alignment of the instrument after
repair or replacement of an assembly. The adjustments are the correction constants data
updating by using the adjustments program.
Note
The next seven, blue-tabbed chapters are the core troubleshooting chapters.
Troubleshooting. The troubleshooting strategy is to systematically verify portions of the
E5100A/B, and thus narrow down the cause of a problem to the defective assembly. This
chapter is the rst of a series of troubleshooting procedures. It checks the operation of the
analyzer independent of system peripherals, and suggests how to remedy system problems.
The Operator's Check is located in this chapter.
Isolate Faulty Group is used after a problem has been shown to be in the analyzer. This
initial instrument troubleshooting section can be used to isolate the fault to one of the ve
functional groups in the analyzer.
Power Supply
Digital Control
Source
Receiver
Accessories
Each of the rst functional group chapters above veries its constituent assemblies until
the faulty assembly is identied. Accessories veries external RF cables and calibration kit
devices. Accessories is the last of the blue-tabbed troubleshooting chapters.
Post-Repair Procedures contains the Table of Related Service Procedures . It is a table of
adjustments and verication procedures to be performed after repair or replacement of each
assembly.
General Information 1-1
Note
The following chapters are, for the most part, reference material.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
5 MORE
Service Key Menus documents the functions of the menus accessed from 4
SERVICE MENU . These menus let the operator test, verify, control, and troubleshoot the
E5100A/B. GPIB service mnemonics are included.
Theory of Operation explains the overall operation of the instrument, the division into
functional groups, and the operation of each functional group.
Replacement Procedures provides procedures to disassemble portions of the instrument
when certain assemblies are to be replaced.
Replacement Parts provides part numbers and illustrations of the replaceable assemblies and
miscellaneous chassis parts, together with ordering information.
Appendices contains the manual changes information (required to make this manual
compatible with earlier shipment congurations of the instrument), the service related error
message, and the motherboard pin assignment list.
System
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Instruments Covered by Manual
Agilent Technologies uses a two-part, nine character serial number which is stamped on the
serial number plate (see Figure 1-1) attached to the rear panel. The rst four digits and the
letter are the serial prex and the last ve digits are the sux. The letter placed between the
two sections identies the country where the instrument was manufactured. The prex is the
same for all identical instruments; it changes only when a change is made to the test set. The
sux, however, is assigned sequentially and is unique to each instrument. The contents of this
manual apply to instruments with the serial number prexes listed under Serial Numbers on
the title page.
Figure 1-1. Serial Number Plate
An instrument manufactured after the printing date of this manual may have a serial number
prex that is not listed on the title page. This unlisted serial number prex indicates that the
instrument is dierent from those described in this manual. The manual for a new instrument
may be accompanied by a yellow MANUAL CHANGES supplement or have a dierent manual
part number. The MANUAL CHANGES supplement contains \change information" that
explains how to adapt the manual to newer instruments.
In additions to change information, the supplement may contain information for correcting
errors (Errata) in the manual. To keep this manual as current and accurate as possible,
1-2 General Information
Agilent Technologies recommends that you periodically request the latest MANUAL CHANGES
supplement. The supplement for this manual is identied by this manual's printing data
and its supplement are available from Agilent Technologies. If the serial prex or number of
an instrument is lower than that on the title page of this manual, see Appendix C, Manual
Changes.
For information concerning serial number prexes not listed on the title page or in the
MANUAL CHANGE supplement, contact the nearest Agilent Technologies oce.
For servicing the E5100A with Option 509
The E5100A with Option 509 may not have display and front key control functions. When the
E5100A with Option 509 is turned ON, there may be no information on the LCD display except
for ***** Welcome *****. For servicing the E5100A with Option 509, if it does not have the
diaplay and key control functions, you must install new rmware with a rmware disk for
Option 509 to obtain required display and key control functions . Refer to the Digital Control
Troubleshooting chapter to choose and obtain the required rmware disk.
If the E5100A with Option 509 has the display and key control functions, you don't need to
install the new rmware for servicing the analyzer.
General Information 1-3
Table of Service Test Equipment
The rst part of Table 1-1 lists all of the equipment required to verify, adjust, and troubleshoot
the E5100A/B and perform the operator's check. The table also notes the use and critical
specications of each item, and the recommended models.
Note
Adjustments can be done only at Agilent Technologies service centers. For
details, contact to Agilent Technologies Kobe Instrument Division.
In addition to test equipment listed in Table 1-1, the following tools are also required:
Pozidriv screwdrivers, pt size #2 (medium)
Pozidriv screwdrivers, pt size #1 (small)
Open end wrench, 7/32 inch
Hex socket, 7/32 inch
Flat edge screwdriver
Hex key, 0.063 inch across ats
Table 1-1. Recommended Test Equipment
Equipment
Critical Specications
Personal
Computer
Software
GPIB Interface
Card
Spectrum
Analyzer
Multimeter
Frequency
Counter
Windows NT (3.51) or Windows 95
Power Meter
No substitute
Power Sensor
Frequency: 100 kHz to 300 MHz
Power: +5 dBm to -20 dBm
Frequency: 10 MHz to 300 MHz
Power: -20 to -60 dBm
Recommended Model
Qty
Use1
1
A
HP VEE (4.0)
No substitute
82350/82340/82341
1
1
A
A
Frequency: 100 Hz to 1.5 GHz
8566A/66B/68A/68B
1
P
No substitute
Frequency: 10 Hz to 300 MHz
Accuracy: < 0.25 ppm
3458A
5334B Opt.010,030/
5335A Opt.010,030/
5334B Opt.030 + 5061B/
5335A Opt.030 + 5061B/
5385A + 5071A
53181A Opt.010 or Opt.0122
436A Opt.0223 ,
437B, or 438A
E4418A4
8482A
1
1
P, A
P, A
1
P, A
1
P, A
8481D
1
P, A
P: Performance Tests, A: Adjustments, T: Troubleshooting
The 53181A can not used for Performance Test.
3 The 436A Opt.022 can not be used for adjustment.
4 The E4418A can not used for Performance test
1
2
1-4 General Information
Table 1-1. Recommended Test Equipment (continued)
Equipment
80 dB Step
Attenuator
Attenuator
/Switch Driver
Coaxial Loads
Program
Attenuator Pad
Cables
Adapters
Power Splitter
Critical Specications
no substitute
No substitute
50 Termination N type
50 Termination BNC type
50 Feedthrough, BNC(m)-BNC(f)
Adjustments Program (3.5 in)
Impedance 50 , N(m)-N(f)
ATT 10 dB, VSWR < 1.015
ATT 10 dB
ATT 20 dB
ATT 30 dB
50 N(m)-N(m), 61 cm
50 BNC(m)-BNC(m), 30 cm
50 BNC(m)-BNC(m), 61 cm
50 BNC(m)-BNC(m), 122 cm
GPIB Cable
50 , N(m)-N(m)
50 , N(m)-BNC(f)
50 , N(f)-BNC(m)
BNC(f)-Dual Banana Plug
Freq. Range: > 300 MHz, Two-way
Recommended Model
8496A /G
with Opt.001 & H602
11713A
1
Qty
Use1
1
P, A
1
P, A
909C Opt.012
11593A
11048C
or PN 04192-61002
PN E5100-65003
2
4
1
P
P, A
P, A
1
A
8491A Opt.010 & H603
8491A Opt.010
8491A Opt.020
8491A Opt.030
11500B
PN 8120-1838
PN 8120-1839
PN 8120-1840
10833A/B/C
PN 1250-0778
PN 1250-1476
PN 1250-1477
PN 1251-2277
11667A
2
1
1
1
1
4
1
2
3
1
5
1
1
1
P
P
P
A
P
P, A
P, A
P
A, T
P
P, A
P, A
P, A
P, A
The 8496A cannot be used for adjustment.
An 8496A/G step attenuator with required low VSWR(1.02) can be purchased by specifying option H60, then contact your
nearest Agilent Technologies service center for the required calibration frequency and calibration uncertainty.
3 An 8491A Opt.010 xed attenuator with required low VSWR (<1.015) can be purchased by specifying Opt.H60.
1
2
General Information 1-5
Performance Tests for E5100A/B
Option 100/200/300/400/600
2
1. Frequency Accuracy Test
This test veries the E5100A/B's internal synthesizer frequency accuracy at its highest
frequency with an external frequency counter.
Specication
Frequency Range
10 kHz to 300 MHz
50 kHz to 300 MHz (with Opt.510)
Frequency Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 620 ppm at 2365 C (without Opt.1D5)
61 ppm at 0 to 55 C (20 min warm up,with Opt.1D5)
::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Test Equipment
Frequency Counter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 5334B Opt.010,030
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (Opt.002 or Opt.003)
Procedure
1. Connect the BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable(61cm) from E5100A/B RF OUT -1 to the Frequency
Counter INPUT C as shown in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1. Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-1
Note
If the E5100A/B has Option 1D5, conrm that a BNC(m)-BNC(m) adapter
is connected between the EXT REF INPUT (10/N MHz) connector and the
REF OVEN (OptION 1D5) connector on the rear panel. If Option 1D5 is NOT
installed, connect nothing to the EXT REF INPUT (10/N MHz) connector.
2. Set the gate time of the frequency counter to 100 ms
3. Set up the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Center Frequency = 300 MHz
4Preset5
4Span5 405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4Center5 43005
1
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
4. Record the frequency counter reading on the Performance Test Record.
2-2 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
2. Harmonics Test
This test measures the E5100A signal source's second harmonics and third harmonics with a
spectrum analyzer.
Note
The E5100B does not require this test.
Specication
Harmonics (for E5100A):
Opt.001 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 035 dBc (at 04dBm output level)
Opt.002 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 035 dBc (at 010dBm output level)
Opt.003 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 035 dBc (at 07dBm output level)
Opt.001 with Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 020 dBc (at +21 dBm output level)
Opt.002 with Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 020 dBc (at +15 dBm output level)
Opt.003 with Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 020 dBc (at +18 dBm output level)
Opt.600 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 020 dBc (at +15dBm output level)
Test Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8566A/66B/68A/68B
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 122 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1840, 2 ea.
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (Opt.002 or Opt.003)
Procedure
1. Set up the test conguration shown in Figure 2-2.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-3
Figure 2-2. Harmonics Test Setup
Note
Harmonics Test, Non-Harmonic Spurious Test, and Phase Noise Test use the
same test setup.
2. Set up the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Source Power
= 04 dBm (Opt.001 without Opt.010)
= 010 dBm (Opt.002 without Opt.010)
= 07 dBm (Opt.003 without Opt.010)
= +21 dBm (Opt.001 with Opt.010)
= +15 dBm (Opt.002 with Opt.010)
= +18 dBm (Opt.003 with Opt.010)
= +15 dBm (Opt.600)
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4Span5 405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
052 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
4 5 2 1
4 5 2 1
4 5 2 1
4 5 2 1
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
10
NNNNNNNNNNNN
7
NNNNNNNNNNNN
21
NNNNNNNNNNNN
15
NNNNNNNNNNNN
18
NNNNNNNNNNNN
15
1
3. Set the spectrum analyzer as follows:
Video Bandwidth
30 Hz
Without Opt.010: Reference Level
20 dB
With Opt.010: Reference Level
30 dB
4. Set the E5100A's center frequency and the spectrum analyzer's center frequency, span
frequency, and resolution bandwidth according to the table below. Then record the
spectrum analyzer readings (peak value) in the calculation sheet.
2-4 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Table 2-1. Harmonics Test Setup
E5100A
Center Frequency
10 kHz
1
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
100 MHz
200 MHz
300 MHz
1
Spectrum Analyzer
Center
Span
RBW
10 kHz
1 kHz
100 Hz
20 kHz
1 kHz
100 Hz
30 kHz
1 kHz
100 Hz
100 kHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
200 kHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
300 kHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
1 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
2 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
3 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
10 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
20 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
30 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
100 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
200 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
300 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
200 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
400 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
600 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
300 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
600 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
900 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
E5100A with Option 510 does not require the harmomics test at this
frequency.
5. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results, and transcribe
the test results to the performance test record.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-5
3. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test
This test measures the E5100A/B's signal source Non-Harmonic Spurious signals which appear
near the carrier frequency.
Specication
Non-Harmonic Spurious:
Opt.001 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 045 dBc (at 04 dBm Output Level, 300 MHz)
Opt.002 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 045 dBc (at 010 dBm Output Level, 300 MHz)
Opt.003 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 045 dBc (at 07 dBm Output Level, 300 MHz)
Opt.001 with Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 045 dBc (at +6 dBm Output Level, 300 MHz)
Opt.002 with Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 045 dBc (at 0 dBm Output Level, 300 MHz)
Opt.003 with Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 045 dBc (at +3 dBm Output Level, 300 MHz)
Opt.600 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 045 dBc (at 0 dBm Output Level, 300 MHz)
Test Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8566A/66B/68A/68B
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 122 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1840, 2 ea.
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (Opt.002 or Opt.003)
Procedure
1. Set up the test conguration shown in Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test Setup
2-6 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Note
Harmonics Test, Non-Harmonic Spurious Test, and Phase Noise Test use the
same test setup.
2. Set up the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Source Power
= 04 dBm (Opt.001 without Opt.010)
= 010 dBm (Opt.002 without Opt.010)
= 07 dBm (Opt.003 without Opt.010)
= +6 dBm (Opt.001 with Opt.010)
= 0 dBm (Opt.002 with Opt.010)
= +3 dBm (Opt.003 with Opt.010)
= 0 dBm (Opt.600)
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
4Preset5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4Span5 405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
052 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
45 2 1
45 2 1
45 2 1
45 2 1
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
10
NNNNNNNNNNNN
7
NNNNNNNNNNNN
6
NNNNNNNNNNNN
0
NNNNNNNNNNNN
3
NNNNNNNNNNNN
0
1
3. Set the spectrum analyzer as follows:
Video Bandwidth
300 Hz
Reference Level
0 dB
4. Obtain the required readings of the spectrum analyzer as follows:
a. Set the E5100A/B's center frequency and the spectrum analyzer's center frequency, span
frequency, and resolution bandwidth according to Table 2-2.
b. Move the spectrum analyzer's marker to the peak value (fundamental) using the peak
search function.
c. Record the fundamental frequency and amplitude on the calculation sheet.
d. Calculate the spectrum analyzer's center frequency for the sprious measurememt
according to the calculation sheet, if necessary.
e. Set the spectrum analyzer Center, Span, and RBW according to the table.
f. Move the spectrum analyzer's marker to the peak value (Spurious Max.) using the peak
search function.
g. Record the spectrum analyzer reading on the calculation sheet.
h. Repeat steps a. through g. until all frequencies in the table are completed.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-7
Table 2-2. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test Setup
E5100A/B
Center Frequency
239.95 MHz
Spectrum Analyzer
Center
239.95 MHz
Span RBW
Marker
1 kHz 300 Hz Fundamental (f1 )
(f1) 0 10.417 kHz 1 kHz 300 Hz Sprious Max.
(f1) + 10.417 kHz 1 kHz 300 Hz Sprious Max.
(f1) + 100 kHz
1 kHz 300 Hz Sprious Max.
5. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results, and transcribe
the test results to the performance test record.
2-8 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
4. Phase Noise Test
This test measures the E5100A/B signal source Phase Noise broadering the carrier spectrum.
Specication
Phase Noise
:::::::::::::::::::::::: <
090 dBc/Hz (at 10 kHz oset from 0 dBm fundamental)
Test Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8566A/66B/68A/68B
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 122 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1840, 2 ea.
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (Opt.002 or Opt.003)
Procedure
1. Set up the test conguration as shown in Figure 2-4.
Figure 2-4. Phase Noise Test Setup
Note
Harmonics Test, Non-Harmonic Spurious Test, and Phase Noise Test use the
same test setup.
2. Set up the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Source Power = 0 dBm
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4Span5 405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-9
3. Set the spectrum analyzer as follows:
Frequency Span
25 kHz
4. Set the E5100A/B's center frequency, the spectrum analyzer's center frequency, and its
resolution bandwidth according to the following table. Then record the spectrum analyzer
reading at center frequency into calculation sheet, and record the spectrum analyzer reading
at the 6 10 kHz frequency points of the center frequency into calculation sheet.
Table 2-3. Phase Noise Test Setup
E5100A/B
Center Frequency
Note
Spectrum analyzer
Center Frequency RBW
455 kHz
455 kHz
300 Hz
150 MHz
150 MHz
300 Hz
300 MHz
300 MHz
300 Hz
When you measure noise level at the 610 kHz frequency points of each center
frequency, you must set the spectrum analyzer to noise level measurement
mode. When the noise level function is activated and the marker is placed in
the noise, the rms noise level is read out normalized to a 1 Hz noise power
bandwidth.
5. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results, and record the
test results in the performance test record.
2-10 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test
This test measures the E5100A/B signal source actual output power Level at 50 MHz and its
atness relative to the level at 50 MHz.
Specication
Level Accuracy
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
6 1 dB (at 2365 C, 0 dBm output level, 50 MHz)
Level Flatness (at 23 65 C, relative to 0 dBm output level at 50 MHz):
Opt.001/002 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : +2 dB, 04 dB (at 10 kHz freq.
Opt.003 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : +2.5 dB, 04.5 dB (at 10 kHz freq.
Opt.010 or Opt.600 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : +2.5 dB, 04.5 dB (at 50 kHz freq.
+3 dB, 05 dB (at 100 MHz < freq.
300 MHz)
300 MHz)
100 MHz)
300 MHz)
Test Equipment
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 436A Opt.022/437B/438A
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8482A
Multimeter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3458A
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 122 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1840
N(f)-BNC(m) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1477
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (Opt.002 or Opt.003)
50 Feedthrough : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11048C
BNC(f)-Dual Banana Plug : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1251-2277
Procedure
1. Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter, and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power
Sensor.
2. Set up the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Center Frequency = 50 MHz
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Source Power = 0 dBm
4Preset5
4Center5 4505
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
3. Connect the Power Sensor to the E5100A/B RF OUT 1 as shown in Figure 2-5.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-11
Figure 2-5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test
4. Record the Power Meter reading on the performance test record, and transcribe it into
Calculation Sheet.
5. Set the E5100A/B center frequency as follows, and record the power meter reading into
calculation sheet.
E5100A/B
Center Frequency
1 MHz
10 MHz
100 MHz
150 MHz
200 MHz
250 MHz
300 MHz
6. Disconnect the power sensor, and connect the Digital Voltmeter INPUT to E5100A/B RF OUT
1, as shown in Figure 2-5. Use a 50 Feedthrough on the Digital Voltmeter input.
7. Set the Digital Voltmeter as follows:
Measurement Function:
AC Volts mode
Display Reading Value:
dBm reading value
Measurement Method:
Synchronous Sampling Conversion
2-12 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
8. Set the E5100A/B center frequency as follows, and record the power meter reading in the
calculation sheet for each setting.
E5100A/B
Center Frequency
10 kHz
50 kHz
100 kHz
9. Use the equation given on the Calculation sheet to calculate the test results (atness), and
transcribe the test results to the FLATNESS column in the performance test record.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-13
6. Source Power Linearity Test
This test measures the E5100A/B signal source power level at several points to verify linearity.
Specication
Power Lineality
(at 2365 C, relative to 0 dBm output level at 50 MHz)
without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 61 dB
with Opt.010 or 600
: : : : : : : : : : : 61.5 dB ([max power level 0 70 dB] [power level] < [max power level 0 60 dB])
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 61 dB ([max power level 0 60 dB] [power level] [max power level]
Test Equipment
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 436A Opt.022/437B/438A
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8481D
80 dB Step Attenuator : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8496A/G with Opt.001 & H60
Attenuator/Switch Driver : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11713A (if 8496G is used)
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (if without Opt.001)
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839
Procedure
1. Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter, and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power
Sensor.
2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-6.
2-14 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Figure 2-6. Source Power Linearity Test
3. Set the step attenuator to 30 dB.
4. Set up the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Number of Points = 201
Center Frequency = 50 MHz
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Source Power = 0 dBm
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
4Center5 4505
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
42015
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
M
405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
5. Set up the power meter as follows:
Calibration Factor
100
Resolution
0.001 dB
Range
AUTO
Display
LOG Display
Mode
Relative Mode
6. Record the power meter's reading value into calculation sheet.
7. Set the source power and step attenuator according to the following table, and record the
power meter's reading value into the calculation sheet.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-15
Table 2-4.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.001 without Opt.010)
E5100A/B Step Attenuator Level
Setting
Source Power
+11 dBm
+5 dBm
05 dBm
09 dBm
050 dB
040 dB
030 dB
030 dB
039 dB
035 dB
035 dB
039 dB
Table 2-5.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.002 without Opt.010)
E5100A/B Step Attenuator Level
Setting
Source Power
+5 dBm
05 dBm
010 dBm
015 dBm
040 dB
030 dB
020 dB
020 dB
035 dB
035 dB
030 dB
035 dB
Table 2-6.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.003 without Opt.010)
E5100A/B Step Attenuator Level
Source Power
Setting
+7 dBm
+5 dBm
05 dBm
010 dBm
013 dBm
040 dB
040 dB
030 dB
020 dB
020 dB
2-16 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
037 dB
035 dB
035 dB
030 dB
033 dB
Table 2-7.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.001 with Opt.010)
E5100A/B Step Attenuator Level
Setting
Source Power
+22 dBm
+10 dBm
010 dBm
020 dBm
030 dBm
040 dBm
048 dBm
060 dB
040 dB
020 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
038 dB
030 dB
030 dB
030 dB
040 dB
050 dB
058 dB
Table 2-8.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.002 with Opt.010)
E5100A/B Step Attenuator Level
Source Power
Setting
+16 dBm
+10 dBm
010 dBm
020 dBm
030 dBm
040 dBm
050 dBm
054 dBm
050 dB
040 dB
020 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
0 dB
034 dB
030 dB
030 dB
030 dB
040 dB
050 dB
060 dB
054 dB
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-17
Table 2-9.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.003 with Opt.010, or Opt.600)
E5100A/B Step Attenuator Level
Setting
Source Power
+18 dBm
+10 dBm
010 dBm
020 dBm
030 dBm
040 dBm
050 dBm
052 dBm
050 dB
040 dB
020 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
0 dB
032 dB
030 dB
030 dB
030 dB
040 dB
050 dB
060 dB
062 dB
8. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results, and transcribe
the test results to the performance test record.
2-18 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
7. Receiver Noise Level Test
This test measures the E5100A/B's Receiver Noise Level (Noise Floor).
Specication
(at magnitude measurement, 23 6 5 C, RF attenuator: 0 dB, 50 input)
E5100A:
IF BW 30 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0100 dBm (1 MHz Freq. 300 MHz)
IF BW 10 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0105 dBm (300 kHz Freq. 300 MHz)
IF BW 3 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0110 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 300 MHz)
IF BW 1 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0115 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 300 MHz)
095 dBm (30 kHz Freq. < 100 kHz)
IF BW 300 Hz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0120 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 300 MHz)
0100 dBm (10 kHz Freq. < 100 kHz)
IF BW 100 Hz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0125 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 300 MHz)
0105 dBm (10 kHz Freq. < 100 kHz)
E5100B:
IF BW 30 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0100 dBm (1 MHz Freq. 300 MHz)
IF BW 10 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0105 dBm (300 kHz Freq. 300 MHz)
IF BW 3 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0110 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 300 MHz)
IF BW 1 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0115 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 300 MHz)
095 dBm (30 kHz Freq. < 100 kHz)
Test Equipment
50 Termination N type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 909C Opt.012, 1 ea (Opt.102), 2 ea (Opt.302)
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A, 4 ea max.
Procedure
1. Connect each 50 termination to each input as shown in Figure 2-7.
Figure 2-7. Receiver Noise Level Test
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-19
2. Set up the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
IF BW = 100 Hz (for E5100A)
IF BW = 1 kHz (for E5100B)
Input Attenuator = 0 dB
4Preset5
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4System5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
41005
415
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
k
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB (Opt.200/300/400/600)
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
B 0 dB (Opt.300/400)
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Source Power
= 09 dBm (Opt.001 without Opt.010)
= 015 dBm (Opt.002 without Opt.010)
= 012 dBm (Opt.003 without Opt.010)
= 048 dBm (Opt.001 with Opt.010)
= 054 dBm (Opt.002 with Opt.010)
= 051 dBm (Opt.003 with Opt.010)
= 052 dBm (Opt.600)
Meas. Cong. : R, LIN MAG
C 0 dB (Opt.400)
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
052 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
9
NNNNNNNNNNNN
15
NNNNNNNNNNNN
12
NNNNNNNNNNNN
48
NNNNNNNNNNNN
54
NNNNNNNNNNNN
51
NNNNNNNNNNNN
52
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE R FORMAT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Number of Points : 201
Marker Function : STATISTICS ON
MORE LIN MAG
4Sweep5
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
42015
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
UTILITY MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
STATISTICS on OFF (turn it ON)
3. Set the E5100A/B's center frequency as follows, and record the average value of the trace
into calculation sheet.
E5100A/B
Center Frequency
10 kHz (only E5100A)
30 kHz (only E5100B)
95 kHz
455 kHz
1.01 MHz
10.7 MHz
101 MHz
110 MHz
201 MHz
299 MHz
2-20 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
4. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results (receiver noise),
and transcribe the test results to the Receiver Noise column in the performance test record.
5. Set the E5100A/B's center frequency to 455 kHz.
6. Set the E5100A/B's IF BW as follows, and record the average value of the trace into
calculation sheet.
E5100A/B
IF BW
300 Hz (only E5100A)
1 kHz (only E5100A)
3 kHz
10 kHz
30 kHz
7. Set the E5100A/B's center frequency to 101 MHz.
8. Set the E5100A/B's IF BW as follows, and record the average value of the trace into
calculation sheet.
E5100A/B
IF BW
300 Hz (only E5100A)
1 kHz (only E5100A)
3 kHz
10 kHz
30 kHz
9. Repeat Steps 2 through 8 for Input A, B(Opt.300/400), and C(Opt.400).
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-21
8. Trace Noise Test
This test checks the E5100A/B's trace noise on a CW signal in ratio mode. This test is done in
CW in order to eliminate any eects of frequency response.
Note
An E5100A/B with Option 100 does not require this test.
Specication
(at 1 kHz IF BW, 05 dBm input level @ RF ATT = 25 dB, 030 dBm input level @ RF ATT = 0
dB)
Magnitude : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 0.01 dB rms
Phase : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 0.05 rms
Test Equipment
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 3ea
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476, 4ea max.
Procedure
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-8.
Figure 2-8. Trace Noise Test Setup
2. Set up the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
2-22 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Preset
Source Power = 1 dBm
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Number of Points = 201
Input-R, A Attenuator = 25 dB
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
2
415
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4System5
NUMBER of POINTs
42015
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
25 dB PORT : A 25 dB
Channel 1 Setup:
Measurement = A/R
Format = LOG MAG
Statistics ON
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4Marker5
Channel 2 Setup:
Measurement = A/R
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNN
A/R
Format = PHASE
Statistics ON
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4Display5 MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Marker5
Dual Channel ON
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3. Set the E5100A/B's center frequency and IF BW in accordance with the following table.
The standard deviation trace value is displayed as a marker statistic (s.dev) in the upper
right-hand corner of the LCD display of each channel's display. Record each standard
deviation value of the magnitude and phase in the performance test record.
Table 2-10. Trace Noise Test Setup
E5100A/B E5100A/B
Center Freq. IF BW
10 kHz
100 Hz
100 kHz
1 kHz
1 MHz
1 kHz
10 MHz
1 kHz
100 MHz
1 kHz
300 MHz
1 kHz
4. Disconnect the cable from Input-A and connect it to Input-B.
5. Change the E5100A/B setups as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Input- B Attenuator = 25 dB
4
5 MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : B
25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
System
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
CH 1: B/R, LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MEAS
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-23
NNNNNNNNNNN
B/R
Channel 2 Setup:
Measurement = B/R
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNN
B/R
6. Repeat step 3.
7. Disconnect the cable from Input-B and connect it to Input-C.
8. Change the E5100A/B setups as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Input- B Attenuator = 25 dB
4
5 MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : C
25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
System
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
CH 1: C/R, LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNN
C/R
Channel 2 Setup:
Measurement = C/R
4Meas/Format5
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNN
C/R
9. Repeat step 3.
10. Disconnect the cable from Input-R and connect it to Input-B.
11. Change the E5100A/B setups as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
CH 1: C/B, LOG MAG
4
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MEAS
MORE C/B
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Meas/Format
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
Channel 2 Setup:
Measurement = C/B
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
MORE C/B
12. Repeat step 3.
2-24 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MEAS
9. Residual Response Test
This test measures the E5100A/B's Residual Response. This test measures how eectively the
internal oscillator signal's interference is reduced by measuring the amplitude at some known
frequencies with its input terminated.
Specication
Residual Response : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 080 dBm
(except for the following frequency points: 50 kHz, 100 kHz, 95.825 MHz, 95.875 MHz,
159.791667 MHz, 159.825 MHz, 159.841667 MHz, 159.875 MHz, 239.75 MHz, 239.875 MHz)
Test Equipment
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A, 3 ea max.
50 Termination N type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 909C Opt.012 (for E5100A/B Opt.102/302)
Procedure
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-9.
Figure 2-9. Residual Response Test Setup
2. Set up the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Meas. Cong. = R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE
NNNNN
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
IF BW = 10 Hz
Source Power
= 09 dBm (Opt.001 without Opt.010)
R
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
052
4
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4105
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNN
9
1
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-25
= 015 dBm (Opt.002 without Opt.010)
= 012 dBm (Opt.003 without Opt.010)
= 048 dBm (Opt.001 with Opt.010)
= 054 dBm (Opt.002 with Opt.010)
= 051 dBm (Opt.003 with Opt.010)
= 052 dBm (Opt.600)
Number of Points = 2
Input-R Attenuator = 0 dB
0
40
40
40
40
40
4
5
15
5
12
5
48
5
54
5
51
5
52
2
2
2
2
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4Sweep5
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4System5
NUMBER of POINTs
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
3. Set the E5100A/B's center frequency as follows, and record the maximum value of the
trace into calculation sheet.
E5100A/B
Center Frequency
47.85 MHz
47.875 MHz
59.84375 MHz
59.875 MHz
68.410714 MHz
68.446428 MHz
79.833333 MHz
79.875 MHz
119.8125 MHz
119.875 MHz
159.775 MHz
159.808333 MHz
159.858333 MHz
159.891666 MHz
239.8 MHz
239.825 MHz
4. Remove the 50 termination of the E5100A/B Input-R and connect it to the E5100A/B
Input-A.
5. Change the E5100A/B control settings as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Meas. Cong. = A
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE A
6. Repeat step 3.
7. Remove the 50 termination of the E5100A Input-A and connect it to the E5100A/B
Input-B.
8. Change the E5100A control settings as follows:
2-26 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Meas. Cong. = B
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE B
9. Repeat step 3.
10. Remove the 50 termination of the E5100A Input-B and connect it to the E5100A Input-C.
11. Change the E5100A control settings as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Meas. Cong. = C
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE C
12. Repeat step 3.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-27
10. Input Crosstalk Test
The signal leakage interference between the E5100A/B's two inputs, when one input is driven
and the other is terminated, is measured by this test.
Note
An E5100A/B with Option 100 does not require this test.
Specication
Input Crosstalk:
E5100A : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 0110 dB (10 kHz freq.
< 0120 dB (100 kHz freq.
E5100B
<
100 kHz)
300 MHz)
085 dB (10 kHz freq. 100 kHz)
0105 dB (100 kHz freq. 250 MHz)
095 dB (250 MHz freq. 300 MHz)
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: <
<
<
<
<
Test Equipment
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A, 4 ea max.
50 Termination N type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 909C Opt.012 (if with Opt.102/302), 2 ea max.
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476 (if with Opt.102/302)
Procedure
E5100A
Table 2-11 is the summary of the E5100A's test setup.
2-28 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Table 2-11. E5100A Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary
Measurement
Conguration
A/R, B/R, C/R
Frequency
Start
Stop
IF BW NOP Output
Power
10 kHz 99.4 kHz 10 Hz
100.2 kHz 199.8 kHz
200.2 kHz
R/A, B/A, C/A
300 MHz
100.2 kHz 199.8 kHz
R/B, A/B, C/B
300 MHz
100.2 kHz 199.8 kHz
R/C, A/C, B/C
300 MHz
B
C
0 dB
0 dB
15
0 dBm 0 dB 25 dB 0 dB
0 dB
4
0 dBm
15
0 dBm 25 dB 0 dB
4
0 dBm
15
0 dBm 0 dB
4
0 dBm
0 dB 25 dB 0 dB
201 5 dBm
10 kHz 99.4 kHz 10 Hz
100.2 kHz 199.8 kHz
200.2 kHz
A
201 5 dBm
10 kHz 99.4 kHz 10 Hz
200.2 kHz
R
201 5 dBm
10 kHz 99.4 kHz 10 Hz
200.2 kHz
Input Attenuator
300 MHz
15
0 dBm 0 dB
4
0 dBm
0 dB
0 dB 25 dB
201 5 dBm
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-10.
Figure 2-10. R into A, B, C Input Crosstalk Test Setup
2. Set up IF BW of the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
IF BW: 10 Hz
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
4105
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-29
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
Input-A,B,C Attenuator: 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB B 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Number of Channel = 3 (if Opt.400)
Multi Channel ON
Channel-1 Setup:
Meas. Cong.: A/R, LOG MAG
C 0 dB
4Meas/Format5
4Display5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NUM of CH 3
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R FORMAT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
LOG MAG
Statistics ON
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4Marker5
Channel-2 Setup:(if not Opt.200)
Meas. Cong.: B/R, LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS B/R FORMAT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Statistics ON
Channel-3 Setup:(if Opt.400)
Meas. Cong.: C/R, LOG MAG
LOG MAG
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4Marker5
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH3])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS C/R FORMAT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Statistics ON
Dual Channel ON
LOG MAG
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4
5 MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Display
3. Set the E5100A's start frequency, stop frequency, number of points, and source power as
follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 10 kHz
Stop Frequency = 99.4 kHz
Number of Points = 15
Source Power = 0 dBm
4Start5 4105
2k
5 2 k
4Stop5 499.4
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
4Sweep5
POWER
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
405
4155
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
4. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
5. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
4
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker
6. Move the Channel-2 marker to the maximum value (B/R) using the following key storokes.
Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet.
2-30 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) SEARCH: MAX
7. If Option 400 is installed, move the Channel-3 marker to the maximum value (C/R) using
the following key storokes. Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) SEARCH: MAX
8. Repeat steps 4 and 7 three more times and record each maximum value on the calculation
sheet. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage value, and
record the data in the performance test record.
9. Change the E5100A's start frequency, stop frequency, and number of points as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 100.2 kHz
Stop Frequency = 199.8 kHz
Number of Points = 4
4Start5 4100.25
4Stop5 4199.85
4Sweep5
2k
2k
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
445
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
10. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
11. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
4
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker
Marker
12. Move the Channel-2 marker to the maximum value (B/R) using the following key storokes.
Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet.
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) SEARCH: MAX
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
13. If Option 400 is installed, move the Channel-3 marker to the maximum value (C/R) using
the following key storokes. Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH3]) SEARCH: MAX
14. Repeat steps 10 and 13 three more times and record each maximum value on the
calculation sheet. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage
value, and record the data in the performance test record.
15. Change the E5100A's start frequency, stop frequency, number of points, and source power
as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 200.2 kHz
Stop Frequency = 300 MHz
Number of Points = 201
Source Power = 5 dBm
4Start5 4200.25
4Stop5 43005
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
k
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
455
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
42015
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
16. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-31
17. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
4
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Marker
Marker
18. Move the Channel-2 marker to the maximum value (B/R) using the following key storokes.
Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet.
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) SEARCH: MAX
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
19. If Option 400 is installed, move the Channel-3 marker to the maximum value (C/R) using
the following key storokes. Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH3]) SEARCH: MAX
20. Repeat steps 16 and 19 three more times and record each maximum value on the
calculation sheet. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage
value, and record the data in the performance test record.
21. Change the connection as shown in Figure 2-11.
Figure 2-11. A into R, B, C Input Crosstalk Test Setup
22. Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R/A, B/A, and C/A in accordance with the test setup listed in
Table 2-11.
23. Change the connection as shown in Figure 2-12.
2-32 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Figure 2-12. B into R, A, C Input Crosstalk Test Setup
24. Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R/B, A/B, and C/B in accordance with the test setup listed in
Table 2-11.
25. Change the connection as shown in Figure 2-13.
Figure 2-13. C into R, A, B Input Crosstalk Test Setup
26. Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R/C, A/C, and B/C in accordance with the test setup listed in
Table 2-11.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-33
E5100B
Table 2-12 is the summary of the E5100B's test setup.
Table 2-12. E5100B Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary
Measurement
Conguration
A/R
Frequency
Start
10 kHz
Stop
IF BW NOP Output Input Attenuator
Power
R
A
99.4 kHz 100 Hz
100.2 kHz 199.8 kHz
R/A
15
0 dBm
4
0 dBm
200.2 kHz
250 MHz
201 5 dBm
250 MHz
300 MHz
21
5 dBm
99.4 kHz 100 Hz
15
0 dBm
4
0 dBm
10 kHz
100.2 kHz 199.8 kHz
200.2 kHz
250 MHz
201 5 dBm
250 MHz
300 MHz
21
25 dB
0 dB
0 dB
25 dB
5 dBm
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-14.
Figure 2-14. R into A Input Crosstalk Test Setup
2. Set up IF BW of the E5100B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
IF BW: 100 Hz
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB
IF BW
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB
2-34 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
41005
Channel-1 Setup:
Meas. Cong.: A/R, LOG MAG
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1])
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R FORMAT MORE
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Statistics ON
LOG MAG
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4Marker5
3. Set the E5100B's start frequency, stop frequency, number of points, and source power as
follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 10 kHz
Stop Frequency = 99.4 kHz
Number of Points = 15
Source Power = 0 dBm
4Start5 4105
2k
5 2 k
4Stop5 499.4
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
405
2
4155
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
4. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
5. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
4
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Marker
Marker
6. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
7. Change the E5100B's start frequency, stop frequency, and number of points as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 100.2 kHz
Stop Frequency = 199.8 kHz
Number of Points = 4
4Start5 4100.25
4Stop5 4199.85
4Sweep5
2k
2k
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
445
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
8. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
9. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Marker
10. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
11. Change the E5100B's start frequency, stop frequency, number of points, and source power
as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 200.2 kHz
Stop Frequency = 250 MHz
4Start5 4200.25
4Stop5 42505
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
k
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-35
Number of Points = 201
Source Power = 5 dBm
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
455
2
42015
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
12. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
13. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker
Marker
14. Change the E5100B's start frequency, stop frequency, and number of points as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 250 MHz
Stop Frequency = 300 MHz
Number of Points = 21
4Start5 42505
4Stop5 43005
4Sweep5
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
4215
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
15. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
16. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Marker
Marker
17. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
18. Change the connection as shown in Figure 2-15.
Figure 2-15. A into R Input Crosstalk Test Setup
19. Repeat steps 2 through 17 for R/A in accordance with the test setup listed in Table 2-12.
2-36 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test
This test checks the E5100A's absolute amplitude accuracy. A digital multimeter and a power
meter are used to measure the actual output level at each setting.
Note
An E5100B does not require this test.
Note
An E5100A with Option 510 does not require this test.
Specication
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
::::::::::::::::::
61.0 dB (E5100A at 23 65 C, 010 dBm input)
Test Equipment
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 436A Opt.022/437B/438A
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8481D
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8482A
Multimeter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3458A
Attenuator Pad 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A Opt.020
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0780, 5ea
N(f)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1474
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A
50 Feedthrough : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11048C
BNC(f)-Dual Banana Plug : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1251-2277
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 4ea
Procedure
1. Connect the E5100A, power splitter, and multimeter as shown in Figure 2-16.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-37
Figure 2-16. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
2. Set the digital voltmeter as follows:
Measurement Function:
AC Volts mode
Display Reading Value:
dBm reading value
Measurement Method:
Synchronous Sampling Conversion
AC Bandwidth
2 MHz
3. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Meas. Cong.: R (for Input-R test)
Meas. Cong.: A (for Input-A test)
Meas. Cong.: B (for Input-B test)
Meas. Cong.: C (for Input-C test)
Format: LOG MAG
Span = 0 Hz
IF BW = 30 Hz
Number of points = 20
Source Power = 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-R test)
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE A
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE B
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE C
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
4System5
2-38 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4Sweep5
4305
POWER
052
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
4
4205
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-A test)
Input-B Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-B test)
Input-C Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-C test)
Statistics ON
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR A 0 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR B 0 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR C 0 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4. Set the E5100A's center frequency and Multimeter's AC Bandwidth according to the
following table. Then record the readings of the digital multimeter, and the E5100A's
readings in the calculation sheet.
4Marker5
Table 2-13. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
E5100A
Multimeter
Center Freq. AC Bandwidth
10 kHz
2 MHz
100 kHz
>
2 MHz
1 MHz
>
2 MHz
5. Set the Digital Multimeter's AC Bandwidth to 2 MHz.
6. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Source Power = 1 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-R test)
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-A test)
Input-B Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-B test)
Input-C Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-C test)
POWER
415
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
4System5
4System5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR A 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR B 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR C 25 dB
7. Remove the 20 dB attenuator connected to the power splitter's input port and reconnect
the N(m)-BNC(f) adapter and BNC(m)-BNC(m) cable without the attenuator.
8. Set the E5100A's center frequency according to the following table. Then record the
readings (mean) of the digital multimeter, and the E5100A's readings in the calculation
sheet.
Table 2-14. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
E5100A
Multimeter
Center Freq. AC Bandwidth
10 kHz
100 kHz
2 MHz
2 MHz
9. Connect the Power Sensor 8481D to the Power Meter, and calibrate the Power Meter for
the Power Sensor.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-39
10. Remove the digital multimeter from the power splitter, and connect the power sensor
8481D to the power splitter as shown in Figure 2-16.
11. Set the power meter setting as follows:
Calibration Factor:
100
Resolution:
0.001 dB
Set Range:
Auto
Display:
LOG display
Mode:
Relative mode
12. Insert the 20 dB attenuator between the power splitter's input port and N(m)-BNC(f)
adapter. (See Figure 2-16)
13. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Source Power = 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-R test)
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-A test)
Input-B Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-B test)
Input-C Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-C test)
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
052
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR A 0 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR B 0 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR C 0 dB
4System5
14. Set the E5100A's center frequency according to the following table. Then record the
readings (mean) of the power meter, and the E5100A's readings in the calculation sheet.
Table 2-15. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
E5100A
Center Freq.
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
300 MHz
15. Replace the power sensor 8481D with the 8482A, and calibrate the power meter for the
power sensor.
16. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Source Power = 1 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-R test)
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-A test)
Input-B Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-B test)
Input-C Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-C test)
POWER
415
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
4System5
4System5
4System5
2-40 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR A 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR B 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR C 25 dB
17. Remove the 20 dB attenuator connected to the power splitter's input port and reconnect
the N(m)-BNC(f) adapter and BNC(m)-BNC(m) cable without the attenuator.
18. Set the E5100A's center frequency according to the following table. Then record the
readings of the power meter, and the E5100A's readings (mean) in the calculation sheet.
Table 2-16. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
E5100A
Center Freq.
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
300 MHz
19. Remove the power sensor from the power splitter, and connect the digital multimeter to
the power splitter as shown in Figure 2-16.
20. Remove the BNC(m)-BNC(m) cable from the Input-R, and connect it to the Input-A.
21. Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input-A.
22. Remove the power sensor from the power splitter, and connect the digital multimeter to
the power splitter as shown in Figure 2-16.
23. Remove the BNC(m)-BNC(m) cable from the Input-A, and connect it to the Input-B.
24. Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input-B.
25. Remove the power sensor from the power splitter, and connect the digital multimeter to
the power splitter as shown in Figure 2-16.
26. Remove the BNC(m)-BNC(m) cable from the Input-B, and connect it to the Input-C.
27. Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input-C.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-41
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test
This test measures the E5100A/B's dynamic accuracy. The dynamic accuracy is a measure of
how well the receiver measure the magnitude and phase components of a signal as that signal
varies in amplitude over the specied dynamic range.
Specication
(at 23 65 C, 10 Hz IF BW, 010 dBm reference input level relative to maximum input level,
020 dBm test input level relative to maximum input level, except for ramp frequency sweep)
Test Channel Input
Level
RF Attenuator
25 dB
+5 to 05 dBm1
05 to 015 dBm
015 to 045 dBm
045 to 055 dBm
055 to 065 dBm
065 to 075 dBm
075 to 085 dBm
085 to 095 dBm
Dynamic Accuracy
Frequency
0 dB
020 to 030 dBm
030 to 040 dBm
040 to 070 dBm
070 to 080 dBm
080 to 090 dBm
090 to 0100 dBm
0100 to 0110 dBm
0110 to 0120 dBm
2
Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz
60.4 dB
60.09 dB
60.05 dB
60.06 dB
60.1 dB
60.3 dB
60.9 dB
63 dB
0 to 05 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
2 025 to 030 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
1
with Option 100
(at 23 65 C, 10 Hz IF BW, 020 dB input-A level relative to maximum input level, except for
ramp frequency sweep, right after measuring reference)
Test Channel Input
Level
RF Attenuator
25 dB
+5 to 05 dBm1
05 to 045 dBm
045 to 055 dBm
055 to 065 dBm
065 to 075 dBm
1
2
Dynamic Accuracy
Frequency
0 dB
020 to 030 dBm
030 to 070 dBm
070 to 080 dBm
080 to 090 dBm
090 to 0100 dBm
2
Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz
60.4 dB
60.1 dB
60.1 dB
60.2 dB
60.6 dB
0 to 05 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
025 to 030 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
(at 23 65 C, 10 Hz IF BW, 010 dBm reference input level relative to maximum input level,
020 dBm test input level relative to maximum input level, except for ramp frequency sweep)
2-42 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Test Channel Input
Level
RF Attenuator
25 dB
+5 to 0 5 dBm1
05 to 015 dBm
015 to 045 dBm
045 to 055 dBm
055 to 065 dBm
065 to 075 dBm
075 to 085 dBm
085 to 095 dBm
Dynamic Accuracy
Frequency
0 dB
020 to 030 dBm
030 to 040 dBm
040 to 070 dBm
070 to 080 dBm
080 to 090 dBm
090 to 0100 dBm
0100 to 0110 dBm
0110 to 0120 dBm
2
Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz
63
60.6
60.3
60.3
60.6
61.8
66
618
0 to 05 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
2 025 to 030 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
1
Test Equipment
80 dB Step Attenuator : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8496A/G Opt.001 & H60
Attenuator/Switch Driver : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11713A (if 8496G is used)
Attenuator Pad 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A with Opt.020 & H60, 2 ea
Attenuator Pad 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A with Opt.020
Attenuator Pad 10 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A with Opt.010 & H60, 2 ea
Attenuator Pad 10 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A with Opt.010
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 4ea max
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0780, 3ea max
N(m)-BNC(m) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0082
N(f)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1474
50
Termination BNC Type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A(Opt.001/003/006)
Procedure
For Option 200/300/400 with Option 002
Low Level Test:
1. Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-17.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-43
Figure 2-17. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.002
3. Set the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Channel-1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Channel-2
Measurement; A/R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
Format: Phase
Dual Channel ON
Coupled Channel ON
Start = 3 MHz
Stop= 50.001 MHz
NOP = 2
IF BW = 10 Hz
Power = 5 dBm
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Display5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
COUPLED CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Start5 435
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
4Stop5 450.0015
4Sweep5
IF BW
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
2-44 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
4105
455
21
21
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
RETURN
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 25 dB
4. Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Perform the following key strokes to set up markers:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: COUPLED
MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
8. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
9. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
10. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
11. Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-45
High Level Test:
1. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-18.
Figure 2-18. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.002
2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Set the step attenuator to 20 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
7. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
8. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-19.
2-46 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Figure 2-19. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.002
9. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
10. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
12. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
13. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
14. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
15. Repeat the low level test and high level test for B/R, C/R, and C/B measurement.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-47
For Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.001, Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 and Opt.010,
and Opt.600
Low Level Test:
1. Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-20.
Figure 2-20.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.001, Opt.200/300/400
with Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.600
3. Set the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Channel-1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Channel-2
Measurement; A/R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
Format: Phase
Dual Channel ON
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Display5
2-48 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
Coupled Channel ON
Start = 3 MHz
Stop= 50.001 MHz
NOP = 2
IF BW = 10 Hz
Power = 11 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
COUPLED CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Start5 435
M
4Stop5 450.0015
4Sweep5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
4105
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4System5
4115
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1 RETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 25 dB
4. Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Perform the following key strokes to set up markers:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: COUPLED
MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
8. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
9. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
10. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
11. Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-49
High Level Test:
1. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-21.
Figure 2-21.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.001, Opt.200/300/400
with Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.600
2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Set the step attenuator to 20 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
7. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
8. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-22.
2-50 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Figure 2-22.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.001, Opt.200/300/400
with Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.600
9. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
10. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
12. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
13. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
14. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
15. Repeat the low level test and high level test for B/R, C/R, and C/B measurement.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-51
For Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
Low Level Test:
1. Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-23.
Figure 2-23.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
3. Set the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Channel-1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Channel-2
Measurement; A/R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
Format: Phase
Dual Channel ON
Coupled Channel ON
Start = 3 MHz
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Display5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
COUPLED CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Start5 435
2-52 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
Stop= 50.001 MHz
NOP = 2
IF BW = 10 Hz
Power = 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB
4Stop5 450.0015
4Sweep5
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
2 1 RETURN
40 5 2 1
4105
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4System5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB
4. Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Perform the following key strokes to set up markers:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: COUPLED
MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
8. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
9. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
10. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
11. Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-53
High Level Test:
1. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-24.
Figure 2-24.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Set the step attenuator to 20 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
7. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
8. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-25.
2-54 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Figure 2-25.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.200/300/400 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
9. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
10. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
12. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
13. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
14. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
15. Repeat the low level test and high level test for B/R, C/R, and C/B measurement.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-55
For Option 100
Low Level Test:
1. Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-26.
Figure 2-26. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.100
3. Set the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Channel-1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Channel-2
Measurement; A/R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS A
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Format: Phase
Dual Channel ON
Coupled Channel ON
Start = 3 MHz
Stop= 50.001 MHz
MEAS A
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Display5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
COUPLED CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Start5 435
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4Stop5 450.0015
2-56 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
M
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
NOP = 2
IF BW = 10 Hz
Power = 0 dBm
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
4105
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4System5
405
21
21
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
RETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : A
25 dB
4. Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Perform the following key strokes to set up markers:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: COUPLED
MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
8. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
9. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
10. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
11. Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-57
High Level Test:
1. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-27.
Figure 2-27. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.100
2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Set the step attenuator to 20 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
7. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
8. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 2-28.
2-58 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Figure 2-28. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.100
9. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
10. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
12. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
13. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
14. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
15. Repeat the low level test and high level test for B/R, C/R, and C/B measurement.
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-59
13. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test
This test checks the magnitude ratio accuracy for each pair of inputs by measuring the
peak-to-peak variation of the ratioed trace.
Note
An E5100B does not require this test. An E5100A with Option 100 does not
require this test.
Specication
(at 23 6 5 C, 030 dBm input level for RF attenuator: 0 dB or 05 dBm input level for RF
attenuator: 25 dB, the same RF attenuator setting for both inputs)
50 input
E5100A
10 kHz freq. < 100 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 61 dB
100 kHz freq. 100 MHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 60.5 dB
100 MHz < freq. 300 MHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 61 dB
1 M
input for Opt. 101 or 301
(using 50 feedthrough) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 63 dB
Test Equipment
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (if without Opt.001)
Fixed Attenuator 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A Opt.020
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 3ea
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0780, 3ea
50
Feedthrough : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11048C (Opt.101/301)
Procedure
Input Impedance: 50
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-29.
2-60 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Figure 2-29. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-1
2. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Power= 1 dBm
IF BW= 30 Hz
Active Channel: CH1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Scale: 0.1 dB/div
Key Strokes
4Preset5
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH1])
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Display5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SCALE MENU SCALE/DIV
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
4305
415
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4Meas/Format5
4.15
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 25 dB
3. Store the measurement data using the following key stroke:
4Marker5
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) 4Display5 DEFINE TRACE DATA!MEM
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Reverse R and A cable connections on the E5100A input ports.
5. Press DATA and MEMORY key.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Visually average the two traces; imagine a trace directly between the two traces. (If both
traces are not completely visible, change the scale as required.)
a. Press 4
5 rotate the RPG knob, and record the maximum \averaged" power deviation
from 10 kHz to 100 kHz on the performance test record.
Marker
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-61
b. Rotate the RPG knob, and record the maximum \averaged" power deviation from 100
kHz to 100 MHz on the performance test record.
c. Rotate the RPG knob, and record the maximum \averaged" power deviation from 100
MHz to 300 MHz on the performance test record.
7. Press 4
5
Display
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
DEFINE TRACE TRACE: DATA .
8. Change the connection as shown in Figure 2-30.
Figure 2-30. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-2
9. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Power= 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB
10.
11.
12.
13.
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
1
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
A 0 dB
2-62 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Repeat the steps 3 through 6.
Repeat the steps 1 through 10 for B/R (Opt.300/400).
Repeat the steps 1 through 10 for C/R (Opt.400).
Repeat the steps 1 through 10 for B/C (Opt.400).
052
4
Input Impedance: 1M
(Opt.101/301)
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-31.
Figure 2-31. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-3
2. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Stop= 5 MHz
Power= 1 dBm
IF BW= 30 Hz
Active Channel: CH1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Scale: 0.1 dB/div
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Stop5 455
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
4305
2
415
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH1])
MEAS A/R
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Display5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SCALE MENU SCALE/DIV
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4Sweep5
4.15
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 25 dB
3. Store the measurement data using the following key stroke:
4Marker5
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) 4Display5 DEFINE TRACE DATA!MEM
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Reverse R and A cable connections on the E5100A input ports.
5. Press DATA and MEMORY key.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-63
6. Visually average the two traces; imagine a trace directly between the two traces. (If both
traces are not completely visible, change the scale as required.)
Press 4
5 rotate the RPG knob, and record the maximum \averaged" power deviation
from 10 kHz to 5 MHz on the performance test record.
7. Press 4
5 DEFINE TRACE TRACE: DATA .
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Display
8. Change the connection as shown in Figure 2-32.
Figure 2-32. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-4
9. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Power= 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
1
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
A 0 dB
2-64 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
10. Repeat the steps 3 through 6.
11. Repeat test for B/R (Opt.300/400).
12. Repeat test for B/C (Opt.400).
052
4
14. Phase Frequency Response Test
This test checks the phase accuracy for each pair of inputs by measuring the peak-to-peak
variation of the ratioed trace.
Note
An E5100B does not require this test. An E5100A with Option 100 does not
require this test.
Specication
(at 23 6 5 C, 030 dBm input level for RF attenuator: 0 dB or 05 dBm input level for RF
attenuator: 25 dB, the same RF attenuator setting for both inputs, 50 input)
E5100A
10 kHz freq. < 100 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 65
100 kHz freq. 100 MHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 62.5
100 MHz < freq. 300 MHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 65
Test Equipment
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (if without Opt.001)
Fixed Attenuator 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A Opt.020
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 3ea
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0780, 3ea
Procedure
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-33.
Figure 2-33. Phase Frequency Response Test Setup-1
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-65
2. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Power= 1 dBm
IF BW= 30 Hz
Active Channel: CH1
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
POWER
4305
2
415
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH1])
MEAS A/R
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4
5 SCALE MENU SCALE/DIV
4 5 2 1
4
5 MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
5 UTILITY MENU
4
STATISTICS on OFF (turn it ON)
4
5 MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
A 25 dB
4Meas/Format5
Measurement: A/R
Format: PHASE
Scale: 0.1 dB/div
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Display
NNNNNNNNNNNN
.1
MULTI Channel ON
Statistics: ON
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Display
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
System
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3. Press 4
5 MORE ELECTRICAL DELAY and turn the RPG knob or press4*5 4+5 to vary the
electrical delay until the standard deviation value as a marker statistic (s.dev) is minimum
as possible.
4. Press PHASE OFFSET and enter the mean value as a marker statistic (mean).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Display
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 10 kHz to 100 kHz.
ACTIVE MARKER 1 4105 2 k 2 41005 2 k RETURN 1MODE MENU 1REF MKR
1REF=1 RETURN RETURN MARKER SEARCH SEARCH RANGE SEARCH RNG STORE
PART SRCH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key
strokes. Compare the two values, and record the larger one in the performance test record.
4Marker5
8. Press 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENE 1MODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX MIN
5
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1REF MKR 1REF=1 .
9. Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 100 kHz to 100
MHz.
4
5 ACTIVE MARKER 1 4 5 2 k 2 4 5 2 M RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH RANGE
SEARCH RNG STORE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
100
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
100
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
10. Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key
strokes. Compare the two values, and record the larger one in the performance test record.
2-66 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
4Marker5
11. Press 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1MODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH MAX MIN
5
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1REF MKR 1REF=1 .
12. Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 100 MHz to 300
MHz.
13. 4
5 ACTIVE MARKER 1 4 5 2 M 2 4 5 2 M RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH RANGE
SEARCH RNG STORE
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
100
Marker
300
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
14. Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key
strokes. Compare the two values, and record the larger one in the performance test record.
4Marker5
15. Press 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1MODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX MIN
5
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1REF MKR 1REF=1 .
16. Change the connection as shown in Figure 2-34.
Figure 2-34. Phase Frequency Response Test Setup-2
17. Set the E5100A/B as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Power= 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
0 545 2
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
4
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB
18. Repeat the steps 3 through 14.
19. Change the E5100A/B control settings for B/R Phase:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 2-67
Active Channel: CH2
Measurement: B/R
Format: PHASE
Trigger Mode: Continuous
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH2])
MEAS B/R
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
CONTINUOUS
20. Repeat steps 3 through 18.
21. Change the E5100A/B control settings for A/B Phase:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Active Channel: CH2
Measurement: A/B
Format: PHASE
Trigger Mode: Continuous
22.
23.
24.
25.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH2])
MEAS A/B
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Trigger5
Repeat steps 3 through 18.
Repeat steps 1 through 22 for B/R (Opt.300/400).
Repeat steps 1 through 22 for C/R (Opt.400).
Repeat steps 1 through 22 for B/C (Opt.400).
2-68 Performance Tests for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
CONTINUOUS
Performance Tests for E5100A
Option 118/218/318/618
3
1. Frequency Accuracy Test
This test veries the E5100A's internal synthesizer frequency accuracy at its highest frequency
with an external frequency counter.
Specication
Frequency Range
10 kHz to 180 MHz
50 kHz to 180 MHz (with Opt.510)
Frequency Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 620 ppm at 2365 C (without Opt.1D5)
61 ppm at 0 to 55 C (20 min warm up,with Opt.1D5)
::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
Test Equipment
Frequency Counter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 5334B Opt.010,030
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent 11593A (Opt.002 or Opt.003)
Procedure
1. Connect the BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable(61cm) from E5100A RF OUT -1 to the Frequency
Counter INPUT C as shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1. Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-1
Note
If the E5100A has Option 1D5, conrm that a BNC(m)-BNC(m) adapter is
connected between the EXT REF INPUT (10/N MHz) connector and the REF
OVEN (OptION 1D5) connector on the rear panel. If Option 1D5 is NOT
installed, connect nothing to the EXT REF INPUT (10/N MHz) connector.
2. Set the gate time of the frequency counter to 100 ms
3. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Center Frequency = 180 MHz
4Preset5
4Span5 405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4Center5 41805
1
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
4. Record the frequency counter reading on the Performance Test Record.
3-2 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
2. Harmonics Test
This test measures the E5100A signal source's second harmonics and third harmonics with a
spectrum analyzer.
Specication
Harmonics (for E5100A):
Opt.001 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 035 dBc (at 04dBm output level)
Opt.002 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 035 dBc (at 010dBm output level)
Opt.003 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 035 dBc (at 07dBm output level)
Opt.001 with Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 020 dBc (at +21 dBm output level)
Opt.002 with Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 020 dBc (at +15 dBm output level)
Opt.003 with Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 020 dBc (at +18 dBm output level)
Opt.618 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 020 dBc (at +15dBm output level)
Test Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8566A/66B/68A/68B
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 122 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1840, 2 ea.
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent 11593A (Opt.002 or Opt.003)
Procedure
1. Set up the test conguration shown in Figure 3-2.
Figure 3-2. Harmonics Test Setup
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-3
Note
Harmonics Test, Non-Harmonic Spurious Test, and Phase Noise Test use the
same test setup.
2. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Source Power
= 04 dBm (Opt.001 without Opt.010)
= 010 dBm (Opt.002 without Opt.010)
= 07 dBm (Opt.003 without Opt.010)
= +21 dBm (Opt.001 with Opt.010)
= +15 dBm (Opt.002 with Opt.010)
= +18 dBm (Opt.003 with Opt.010)
= +15 dBm (Opt.618)
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4Span5 405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
052 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
4 5 2 1
4 5 2 1
4 5 2 1
4 5 2 1
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
10
NNNNNNNNNNNN
7
NNNNNNNNNNNN
21
NNNNNNNNNNNN
15
NNNNNNNNNNNN
18
NNNNNNNNNNNN
15
1
3. Set the spectrum analyzer as follows:
Video Bandwidth
30 Hz
Without Opt.010: Reference Level
20 dB
With Opt.010: Reference Level
30 dB
4. Set the E5100A's center frequency and the spectrum analyzer's center frequency, span
frequency, and resolution bandwidth according to the table below. Then record the
spectrum analyzer readings (peak value) in the calculation sheet.
3-4 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Table 3-1. Harmonics Test Setup
E5100A
Center Frequency
10 kHz
1
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
1
Spectrum Analyzer
Center
Span
RBW
10 kHz
1 kHz
100 Hz
20 kHz
1 kHz
100 Hz
30 kHz
1 kHz
100 Hz
100 kHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
200 kHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
300 kHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
1 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
2 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
3 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
10 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
20 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
30 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
100 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
200 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
300 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
180 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
360 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
540 MHz
10 kHz
1 kHz
E5100A with Option 510 does not require the harmomics test at this
frequency.
5. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results, and transcribe
the test results to the performance test record.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-5
3. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test
Non-Harmonic Spurious Test is only for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600. An E5100A
with Option 118/218/318/618 does not require this test.
4. Phase Noise Test
This test measures the E5100A signal source Phase Noise broadering the carrier spectrum.
Specication
Phase Noise
:::::::::::::::::::::::: <
090 dBc/Hz (at 10 kHz oset from 0 dBm fundamental)
Test Equipment
Spectrum Analyzer : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8566A/66B/68A/68B
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 122 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1840, 2 ea.
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (Opt.002 or Opt.003)
Procedure
1. Set up the test conguration as shown in Figure 3-3.
Figure 3-3. Phase Noise Test Setup
Note
Harmonics Test, Non-Harmonic Spurious Test, and Phase Noise Test use the
same test setup.
3-6 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
2. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Source Power = 0 dBm
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4Span5 405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
3. Set the spectrum analyzer as follows:
Frequency Span
25 kHz
4. Set the E5100A's center frequency, the spectrum analyzer's center frequency, and its
resolution bandwidth according to the following table. Then record the spectrum analyzer
reading at center frequency into calculation sheet, and record the spectrum analyzer reading
at the 6 10 kHz frequency points of the center frequency into calculation sheet.
Table 3-2. Phase Noise Test Setup
E5100A
Center Frequency
Note
Spectrum analyzer
Center Frequency RBW
455 kHz
455 kHz
300 Hz
150 MHz
150 MHz
300 Hz
180 MHz
180 MHz
300 Hz
When you measure noise level at the 610 kHz frequency points of each center
frequency, you must set the spectrum analyzer to noise level measurement
mode. When the noise level function is activated and the marker is placed in
the noise, the rms noise level is read out normalized to a 1 Hz noise power
bandwidth.
5. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results, and record the
test results in the performance test record.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-7
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test
This test measures the E5100A signal source actual output power Level at 50 MHz and its
atness relative to the level at 50 MHz.
Specication
Level Accuracy
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
6 1 dB (at 2365 C, 0 dBm output level, 50 MHz)
Level Flatness (at 23 65 C, relative to 0 dBm output level at 50 MHz):
Opt.001/002 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : +2 dB, 04 dB (at 10 kHz freq.
Opt.003 without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : +2.5 dB, 04.5 dB (at 10 kHz freq.
Opt.010 or Opt.618 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : +2.5 dB, 04.5 dB (at 50 kHz freq.
+3 dB, 05 dB (at 100 MHz < freq.
180 MHz)
180 MHz)
100 MHz)
180 MHz)
Test Equipment
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 436A Opt.022/437B/438A
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8482A
Multimeter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3458A
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 122 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1840
N(f)-BNC(m) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1477
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (Opt.002 or Opt.003)
50 Feedthrough : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11048C
BNC(f)-Dual Banana Plug : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1251-2277
Procedure
1. Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter, and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power
Sensor.
2. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Center Frequency = 50 MHz
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Source Power = 0 dBm
4Preset5
4Center5 4505
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
3. Connect the Power Sensor to the E5100A RF OUT 1 as shown in Figure 3-4.
3-8 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Figure 3-4. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test
4. Record the Power Meter reading on the performance test record, and transcribe it into
Calculation Sheet.
5. Set the E5100A center frequency as follows, and record the power meter reading into
calculation sheet.
E5100A
Center Frequency
1 MHz
10 MHz
100 MHz
150 MHz
180 MHz
6. Disconnect the power sensor, and connect the Digital Voltmeter INPUT to E5100A RF OUT 1,
as shown in Figure 3-4. Use a 50 Feedthrough on the Digital Voltmeter input.
7. Set the Digital Voltmeter as follows:
Measurement Function:
AC Volts mode
Display Reading Value:
dBm reading value
Measurement Method:
Synchronous Sampling Conversion
8. Set the E5100A center frequency as follows, and record the power meter reading in the
calculation sheet for each setting.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-9
E5100A
Center Frequency
10 kHz
50 kHz
100 kHz
9. Use the equation given on the Calculation sheet to calculate the test results (atness), and
transcribe the test results to the FLATNESS column in the performance test record.
3-10 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
6. Source Power Linearity Test
This test measures the E5100A signal source power level at several points to verify linearity.
Specication
Power Lineality
(at 2365 C, relative to 0 dBm output level at 50 MHz)
without Opt.010 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 61 dB
with Opt.010 or 618
: : : : : : : : : : : 61.5 dB ([max power level 0 70 dB] [power level] < [max power level 0 60 dB])
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 61 dB ([max power level 0 60 dB] [power level] [max power level]
Test Equipment
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 436A Opt.022/437B/438A
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8481D
80 dB Step Attenuator : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8496A/G with Opt.001 & H60
Attenuator/Switch Driver : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11713A (if 8496G is used)
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (if without Opt.001)
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839
Procedure
1. Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter, and calibrate the Power Meter for the Power
Sensor.
2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-5.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-11
Figure 3-5. Source Power Linearity Test
3. Set the step attenuator to 30 dB.
4. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Number of Points = 201
Center Frequency = 50 MHz
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Source Power = 0 dBm
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
4Center5 4505
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
42015
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
M
NNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
5. Set up the power meter as follows:
Calibration Factor
100
Resolution
0.001 dB
Range
AUTO
Display
LOG Display
Mode
Relative Mode
6. Record the power meter's reading value into calculation sheet.
7. Set the source power and step attenuator according to the following table, and record the
power meter's reading value into the calculation sheet.
3-12 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Table 3-3.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.001 without Opt.010)
Step Attenuator Level
E5100A
Setting
Source Power
+11 dBm
+5 dBm
05 dBm
09 dBm
050 dB
040 dB
030 dB
030 dB
039 dB
035 dB
035 dB
039 dB
Table 3-4.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.002 without Opt.010)
Step Attenuator Level
E5100A
Setting
Source Power
+5 dBm
05 dBm
010 dBm
015 dBm
040 dB
030 dB
020 dB
020 dB
035 dB
035 dB
030 dB
035 dB
Table 3-5.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.003 without Opt.010)
E5100A
Step Attenuator Level
Source Power
Setting
+7 dBm
+5 dBm
05 dBm
010 dBm
013 dBm
040 dB
040 dB
030 dB
020 dB
020 dB
037 dB
035 dB
035 dB
030 dB
033 dB
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-13
Table 3-6.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.001 with Opt.010)
Step Attenuator Level
E5100A
Setting
Source Power
+22 dBm
+10 dBm
010 dBm
020 dBm
030 dBm
040 dBm
048 dBm
060 dB
040 dB
020 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
038 dB
030 dB
030 dB
030 dB
040 dB
050 dB
058 dB
Table 3-7.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.002 with Opt.010)
E5100A
Step Attenuator Level
Source Power
Setting
+16 dBm
+10 dBm
010 dBm
020 dBm
030 dBm
040 dBm
050 dBm
054 dBm
3-14 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
050 dB
040 dB
020 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
0 dB
034 dB
030 dB
030 dB
030 dB
040 dB
050 dB
060 dB
054 dB
Table 3-8.
Source Power Linearity Test Setup
(Opt.003 with Opt.010, or Opt.618)
Step Attenuator Level
E5100A
Setting
Source Power
+18 dBm
+10 dBm
010 dBm
020 dBm
030 dBm
040 dBm
050 dBm
052 dBm
050 dB
040 dB
020 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
010 dB
0 dB
032 dB
030 dB
030 dB
030 dB
040 dB
050 dB
060 dB
062 dB
8. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results, and transcribe
the test results to the performance test record.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-15
7. Receiver Noise Level Test
This test measures the E5100A's Receiver Noise Level (Noise Floor).
Specication
(at magnitude measurement, 23 6 5 C, RF attenuator: 0 dB, 50 input)
E5100A:
IF BW 30 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0100 dBm (1 MHz Freq. 180 MHz)
IF BW 10 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0105 dBm (300 kHz Freq. 180 MHz)
IF BW 3 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0110 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 180 MHz)
IF BW 1 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0115 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 180 MHz)
095 dBm (30 kHz Freq. < 100 kHz)
IF BW 300 Hz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0120 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 180 MHz)
0100 dBm (10 kHz Freq. < 100 kHz)
IF BW 100 Hz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0125 dBm (100 kHz Freq. 180 MHz)
0105 dBm (10 kHz Freq. < 100 kHz)
Test Equipment
50 Termination N type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 909C Opt.012, 1 ea (Opt.102), 2 ea (Opt.302)
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A, 4 ea max.
Procedure
1. Connect each 50 termination to each input as shown in Figure 3-6.
Figure 3-6. Receiver Noise Level Test
2. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
3-16 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Span5 405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
IF BW = 100 Hz (for E5100A)
Input Attenuator = 0 dB
4Sweep5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
41005
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB (Opt.218/318/618)
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Source Power
= 09 dBm (Opt.001 without Opt.010)
= 015 dBm (Opt.002 without Opt.010)
= 012 dBm (Opt.003 without Opt.010)
= 048 dBm (Opt.001 with Opt.010)
= 054 dBm (Opt.002 with Opt.010)
= 051 dBm (Opt.003 with Opt.010)
= 052 dBm (Opt.618)
Meas. Cong. : R, LIN MAG
B 0 dB (Opt.318)
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
052 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
40 5 2 1
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
9
NNNNNNNNNNNN
15
NNNNNNNNNNNN
12
NNNNNNNNNNNN
48
NNNNNNNNNNNN
54
NNNNNNNNNNNN
51
NNNNNNNNNNNN
52
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE R FORMAT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Number of Points : 201
Marker Function : STATISTICS ON
MORE LIN MAG
4Sweep5
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
42015
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
UTILITY MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
STATISTICS on OFF (turn it ON)
3. Set the E5100A's center frequency as follows, and record the average value of the trace into
calculation sheet.
E5100A
Center Frequency
10 kHz
95 kHz
455 kHz
1.01 MHz
10.7 MHz
101 MHz
110 MHz
179 MHz
4. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate the test results (receiver noise),
and transcribe the test results to the Receiver Noise column in the performance test record.
5. Set the E5100A's center frequency to 455 kHz.
6. Set the E5100A's IF BW as follows, and record the average value of the trace into
calculation sheet.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-17
E5100A
IF BW
300 Hz
1 kHz
3 kHz
10 kHz
30 kHz
7. Set the E5100A's center frequency to 101 MHz.
8. Set the E5100A's IF BW as follows, and record the average value of the trace into
calculation sheet.
E5100A
IF BW
300 Hz
1 kHz
3 kHz
10 kHz
30 kHz
9. Repeat Steps 2 through 8 for Input A, B(Opt.318).
3-18 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
8. Trace Noise Test
This test checks the E5100A's trace noise on a CW signal in ratio mode. This test is done in CW
in order to eliminate any eects of frequency response.
Note
An E5100A with Option 118 does not require this test.
Specication
(at 1 kHz IF BW, 05 dBm input level @ RF ATT = 25 dB, 030 dBm input level @ RF ATT = 0
dB)
Magnitude : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 0.01 dB rms
Phase : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 0.05 rms
Test Equipment
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 3ea
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476, 4ea max.
Procedure
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-7.
Figure 3-7. Trace Noise Test Setup
2. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-19
Preset
Source Power = 1 dBm
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
Number of Points = 201
Input-R, A Attenuator = 25 dB
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
4System5
2
415
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
42015
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
25 dB PORT : A 25 dB
Channel 1 Setup:
Measurement = A/R
Format = LOG MAG
Statistics ON
4Marker5
Channel 2 Setup:
Measurement = A/R
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNN
A/R
Format = PHASE
Statistics ON
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4Display5 MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Marker5
Dual Channel ON
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3. Set the E5100A's center frequency and IF BW in accordance with the following table.
The standard deviation trace value is displayed as a marker statistic (s.dev) in the upper
right-hand corner of the LCD display of each channel's display. Record each standard
deviation value of the magnitude and phase in the performance test record.
Table 3-9. Trace Noise Test Setup
E5100A
E5100A
Center Freq. IF BW
10 kHz
100 Hz
100 kHz
1 kHz
1 MHz
1 kHz
10 MHz
1 kHz
100 MHz
1 kHz
180 MHz
1 kHz
4. Disconnect the cable from Input-A and connect it to Input-B.
5. Change the E5100A setups as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Input- B Attenuator = 25 dB
4
5 MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : B 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
System
CH 1: B/R, LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNN
B/R
3-20 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MEAS
Channel 2 Setup:
Measurement = B/R
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNN
B/R
6. Repeat step 3.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-21
9. Residual Response Test
This test measures the E5100A's Residual Response. This test measures how eectively the
internal oscillator signal's interference is reduced by measuring the amplitude at some known
frequencies with its input terminated.
Specication
Residual Response : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 080 dBm
(except for the following frequency points: 50 kHz, 100 kHz, 95.825 MHz, 95.875 MHz,
159.791667 MHz, 159.825 MHz, 159.841667 MHz, 159.875 MHz)
Test Equipment
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A, 3 ea max.
50 Termination N type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 909C Opt.012 (for E5100A Opt.102/302)
Procedure
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-8.
Figure 3-8. Residual Response Test Setup
2. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Meas. Cong. = R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE
NNNNN
Span Frequency = 0 Hz
IF BW = 10 Hz
Source Power
= 09 dBm (Opt.001 without Opt.010)
3-22 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
R
4Span5 405
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
052
4
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNN
9
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
1
4105
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
= 015 dBm (Opt.002 without Opt.010)
= 012 dBm (Opt.003 without Opt.010)
= 048 dBm (Opt.001 with Opt.010)
= 054 dBm (Opt.002 with Opt.010)
= 051 dBm (Opt.003 with Opt.010)
= 052 dBm (Opt.618)
Number of Points = 2
Input-R Attenuator = 0 dB
0
40
40
40
40
40
4
5
15
5
12
5
48
5
54
5
51
5
52
2
2
2
2
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4Sweep5
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
4System5
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
3. Set the E5100A's center frequency as follows, and record the maximum value of the trace
into calculation sheet.
E5100A
Center Frequency
47.85 MHz
47.875 MHz
59.84375 MHz
59.875 MHz
68.410714 MHz
68.446428 MHz
79.833333 MHz
79.875 MHz
119.8125 MHz
119.875 MHz
159.775 MHz
159.808333 MHz
159.858333 MHz
159.891666 MHz
4. Remove the 50 termination of the E5100A Input-R and connect it to the E5100A Input-A.
5. Change the E5100A control settings as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Meas. Cong. = A
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE A
6. Repeat step 3.
7. Remove the 50 termination of the E5100A Input-A and connect it to the E5100A Input-B.
8. Change the E5100A control settings as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Meas. Cong. = B
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE B
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-23
9. Repeat step 3.
3-24 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
10. Input Crosstalk Test
The signal leakage interference between the E5100A's two inputs, when one input is driven
and the other is terminated, is measured by this test.
Note
An E5100A with Option 118 does not require this test.
Specication
Input Crosstalk:
E5100A : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : < 0110 dB (10 kHz freq.
< 0120 dB (100 kHz freq.
<
100 kHz)
180 MHz)
Test Equipment
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A, 4 ea max.
50 Termination N type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 909C Opt.012 (if with Opt.102/302), 2 ea max.
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1476 (if with Opt.102/302)
Procedure
E5100A
Table 3-10 is the summary of the E5100A's test setup.
Table 3-10. E5100A Input Crosstalk Test Setup Summary
Measurement
Conguration
A/R, B/R
Frequency
Start
Stop
IF BW NOP Output Input Attenuator
Power
R
A
B
10 kHz 99.4 kHz 10 Hz
100.2 kHz 199.8 kHz
200.2 kHz
R/A, B/A
180 MHz
100.2 kHz 199.8 kHz
R/B, A/B
180 MHz
4
0 dBm
0 dB
15
0 dBm 0 dB 25 dB 0 dB
4
0 dBm
201 5 dBm
10 kHz 99.4 kHz 10 Hz
100.2 kHz 199.8 kHz
200.2 kHz
0 dBm 25 dB 0 dB
201 5 dBm
10 kHz 99.4 kHz 10 Hz
200.2 kHz
15
180 MHz
15
0 dBm 0 dB
4
0 dBm
0 dB 25 dB
201 5 dBm
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-9.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-25
Figure 3-9. R into A, B Input Crosstalk Test Setup
2. Set up IF BW of the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
IF BW: 10 Hz
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A,B Attenuator: 0 dB
Multi Channel ON
Channel-1 Setup:
Meas. Cong.: A/R, LOG MAG
IF BW
4105
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB B 0 dB
4Display5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R FORMAT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Statistics ON
Channel-2 Setup:(if not Opt.218)
Meas. Cong.: B/R, LOG MAG
LOG MAG
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4Marker5
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS B/R FORMAT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Statistics ON
LOG MAG
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4Marker5
3. Set the E5100A's start frequency, stop frequency, number of points, and source power as
follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 10 kHz
3-26 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
4Start5 4105
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
k
Stop Frequency = 99.4 kHz
Number of Points = 15
Source Power = 0 dBm
4Stop5 499.45
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
k
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
405
2
4155
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
4. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
5. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
4
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker
Marker
6. Move the Channel-2 marker to the maximum value (B/R) using the following key storokes.
Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet.
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) SEARCH: MAX
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Repeat steps 4 and 7 three more times and record each maximum value on the calculation
sheet. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage value, and
record the data in the performance test record.
8. Change the E5100A's start frequency, stop frequency, and number of points as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 100.2 kHz
Stop Frequency = 199.8 kHz
Number of Points = 4
4Start5 4100.25
2k
2k
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4Stop5 4199.85
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
445
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
9. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
10. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
4
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker
Marker
11. Move the Channel-2 marker to the maximum value (B/R) using the following key storokes.
Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet.
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) SEARCH: MAX
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
12. Repeat steps 10 and 13 three more times and record each maximum value on the
calculation sheet. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage
value, and record the data in the performance test record.
13. Change the E5100A's start frequency, stop frequency, number of points, and source power
as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Start Frequency = 200.2 kHz
Stop Frequency = 180 MHz
Number of Points = 201
4Start5 4200.25
4Stop5 41805
4Sweep5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
k
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
42015
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-27
Source Power = 5 dBm
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
455
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
14. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
15. Conrm that the single sweep is completed, and then move the Channel-1 marker to the
maximum value (A/R) using the following key strokes. Record the maximum value on the
calculation sheet.
5 MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX
5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) ACTIVE MARKER 1 4
4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Marker
Marker
16. Move the Channel-2 marker to the maximum value (B/R) using the following key storokes.
Record the maximum value on the calculation sheet.
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) SEARCH: MAX
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
17. Repeat steps 16 and 19 three more times and record each maximum value on the
calculation sheet. Use the equation given on the calculation sheet to calculate avarage
value, and record the data in the performance test record.
18. Change the connection as shown in Figure 3-10.
Figure 3-10. A into R, B Input Crosstalk Test Setup
19. Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R/A and B/A in accordance with the test setup listed in
Table 3-10.
20. Change the connection as shown in Figure 3-11.
3-28 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Figure 3-11. B into R, A Input Crosstalk Test Setup
21. Repeat steps 2 through 20 for R/B and A/B in accordance with the test setup listed in
Table 3-10.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-29
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test
This test checks the E5100A's absolute amplitude accuracy. A digital multimeter and a power
meter are used to measure the actual output level at each setting.
Note
An E5100A with Option 510 does not require this test.
Specication
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
::::::::::::::::::
61.0 dB (E5100A at 23 65 C, 010 dBm input)
Test Equipment
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 436A Opt.022/437B/438A
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8481D
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8482A
Multimeter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3458A
Attenuator Pad 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A Opt.020
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0780, 5ea
N(f)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1474
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A
50 Feedthrough : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11048C
BNC(f)-Dual Banana Plug : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1251-2277
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 4ea
Procedure
1. Connect the E5100A, power splitter, and multimeter as shown in Figure 3-12.
3-30 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Figure 3-12. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
2. Set the digital voltmeter as follows:
Measurement Function:
AC Volts mode
Display Reading Value:
dBm reading value
Measurement Method:
Synchronous Sampling Conversion
AC Bandwidth
2 MHz
3. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Meas. Cong.: R (for Input-R test)
Meas. Cong.: A (for Input-A test)
Meas. Cong.: B (for Input-B test)
Format: LOG MAG
Span = 0 Hz
IF BW = 30 Hz
Number of points = 20
Source Power = 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-R test)
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-A test)
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE A
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS MORE MORE B
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Span5 405
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4Sweep5
4System5
4System5
IF BW
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4305
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
052
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
4205
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR A 0 dB
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-31
Input-B Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-B test)
Statistics ON
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR B 0 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
UTILITY MENU STATISTICS on OFF
(turn it ON)
4. Set the E5100A's center frequency and Multimeter's AC Bandwidth according to the
following table. Then record the readings of the digital multimeter, and the E5100A's
readings in the calculation sheet.
4Marker5
Table 3-11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
E5100A
Multimeter
Center Freq. AC Bandwidth
10 kHz
2 MHz
100 kHz
>
2 MHz
1 MHz
>
2 MHz
5. Set the Digital Multimeter's AC Bandwidth to 2 MHz.
6. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Source Power = 1 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-R test)
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-A test)
Input-B Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-B test)
POWER
415
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
4System5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR A 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR B 25 dB
7. Remove the 20 dB attenuator connected to the power splitter's input port and reconnect
the N(m)-BNC(f) adapter and BNC(m)-BNC(m) cable without the attenuator.
8. Set the E5100A's center frequency according to the following table. Then record the
readings (mean) of the digital multimeter, and the E5100A's readings in the calculation
sheet.
Table 3-12. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
E5100A
Multimeter
Center Freq. AC Bandwidth
10 kHz
100 kHz
2 MHz
2 MHz
9. Connect the Power Sensor 8481D to the Power Meter, and calibrate the Power Meter for
the Power Sensor.
10. Remove the digital multimeter from the power splitter, and connect the power sensor
8481D to the power splitter as shown in Figure 3-12.
11. Set the power meter setting as follows:
Calibration Factor:
100
3-32 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Resolution:
0.001 dB
Set Range:
Auto
Display:
LOG display
Mode:
Relative mode
12. Insert the 20 dB attenuator between the power splitter's input port and N(m)-BNC(f)
adapter. (See Figure 2-16)
13. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Source Power = 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-R test)
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-A test)
Input-B Attenuator: 0 dB (for Input-B test)
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
052
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR A 0 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR B 0 dB
4System5
14. Set the E5100A's center frequency according to the following table. Then record the
readings (mean) of the power meter, and the E5100A's readings in the calculation sheet.
Table 3-13. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
E5100A
Center Freq.
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
15. Replace the power sensor 8481D with the 8482A, and calibrate the power meter for the
power sensor.
16. Set up the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Source Power = 1 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-R test)
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-A test)
Input-B Attenuator: 25 dB (for Input-B test)
POWER
415
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
4System5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR A 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR B 25 dB
17. Remove the 20 dB attenuator connected to the power splitter's input port and reconnect
the N(m)-BNC(f) adapter and BNC(m)-BNC(m) cable without the attenuator.
18. Set the E5100A's center frequency according to the following table. Then record the
readings of the power meter, and the E5100A's readings (mean) in the calculation sheet.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-33
Table 3-14. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test Setup
E5100A
Center Freq.
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
19. Remove the power sensor from the power splitter, and connect the digital multimeter to
the power splitter as shown in Figure 3-12.
20. Remove the BNC(m)-BNC(m) cable from the Input-R, and connect it to the Input-A.
21. Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input-A.
22. Remove the power sensor from the power splitter, and connect the digital multimeter to
the power splitter as shown in Figure 3-12.
23. Remove the BNC(m)-BNC(m) cable from the Input-A, and connect it to the Input-B.
24. Repeat steps 2 through 18 for Input-B.
3-34 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test
This test measures the E5100A's dynamic accuracy. The dynamic accuracy is a measure of how
well the receiver measure the magnitude and phase components of a signal as that signal varies
in amplitude over the specied dynamic range.
Specication
(at 23 65 C, 10 Hz IF BW, 010 dBm reference input level relative to maximum input level,
020 dBm test input level relative to maximum input level, except for ramp frequency sweep)
Test Channel Input
Level
RF Attenuator
25 dB
+5 to 05 dBm1
05 to 015 dBm
015 to 045 dBm
045 to 055 dBm
055 to 065 dBm
065 to 075 dBm
075 to 085 dBm
085 to 095 dBm
Dynamic Accuracy
Frequency
0 dB
020 to 030 dBm
030 to 040 dBm
040 to 070 dBm
070 to 080 dBm
080 to 090 dBm
090 to 0100 dBm
0100 to 0110 dBm
0110 to 0120 dBm
2
Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz
60.4 dB
60.09 dB
60.05 dB
60.06 dB
60.1 dB
60.3 dB
60.9 dB
63 dB
0 to 05 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
2 025 to 030 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
1
with Option 118
(at 23 65 C, 10 Hz IF BW, 020 dB input-A level relative to maximum input level, except for
ramp frequency sweep, right after measuring reference)
Test Channel Input
Level
RF Attenuator
25 dB
+5 to 05 dBm1
05 to 045 dBm
045 to 055 dBm
055 to 065 dBm
065 to 075 dBm
1
2
Dynamic Accuracy
Frequency
0 dB
020 to 030 dBm
030 to 070 dBm
070 to 080 dBm
080 to 090 dBm
090 to 0100 dBm
2
Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz
60.4 dB
60.1 dB
60.1 dB
60.2 dB
60.6 dB
0 to 05 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
025 to 030 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
(at 23 65 C, 10 Hz IF BW, 010 dBm reference input level relative to maximum input level,
020 dBm test input level relative to maximum input level, except for ramp frequency sweep)
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-35
Test Channel Input
Level
RF Attenuator
25 dB
+5 to 0 5 dBm1
05 to 015 dBm
015 to 045 dBm
045 to 055 dBm
055 to 065 dBm
065 to 075 dBm
075 to 085 dBm
085 to 095 dBm
Dynamic Accuracy
Frequency
0 dB
020 to 030 dBm
030 to 040 dBm
040 to 070 dBm
070 to 080 dBm
080 to 090 dBm
090 to 0100 dBm
0100 to 0110 dBm
0110 to 0120 dBm
2
Excluding 10 kHz to 50 kHz
63
60.6
60.3
60.3
60.6
61.8
66
618
0 to 05 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
2 025 to 030 dBm at 10 kHz to 200 kHz
1
Test Equipment
80 dB Step Attenuator : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8496A/G Opt.001 & H60
Attenuator/Switch Driver : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11713A (if 8496G is used)
Attenuator Pad 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A with Opt.020 & H60, 2 ea
Attenuator Pad 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A with Opt.020
Attenuator Pad 10 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A with Opt.010 & H60, 2 ea
Attenuator Pad 10 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A with Opt.010
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 4ea max
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0780, 3ea max
N(m)-BNC(m) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0082
N(f)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-1474
50
Termination BNC Type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A(Opt.001/003/006)
Procedure
For Option 218/318 with Option 002
Low Level Test:
1. Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-13.
3-36 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Figure 3-13. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.002
3. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Channel-1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Channel-2
Measurement; A/R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
Format: Phase
Dual Channel ON
Coupled Channel ON
Start = 3 MHz
Stop= 50.001 MHz
NOP = 2
IF BW = 10 Hz
Power = 5 dBm
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Display5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
COUPLED CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Start5 435
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
4Stop5 450.0015
4Sweep5
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
4105
455
21
21
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
RETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-37
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 25 dB
4. Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Perform the following key strokes to set up markers:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: COUPLED
MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
8. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
9. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
10. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
11. Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB.
3-38 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
High Level Test:
1. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-14.
Figure 3-14. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.002
2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Set the step attenuator to 20 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
7. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
8. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-15.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-39
Figure 3-15. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.002
9. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
10. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
12. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
13. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
14. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
15. Repeat the low level test and high level test for B/R measurement.
3-40 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
For Opt.218/318 with Opt.001, Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 and Opt.010, and
Opt.618
Low Level Test:
1. Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16.
Figure 3-16.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.001, Opt.218/318 with
Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.618
3. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Channel-1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Channel-2
Measurement; A/R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
Format: Phase
Dual Channel ON
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Display5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-41
Coupled Channel ON
Start = 3 MHz
Stop= 50.001 MHz
NOP = 2
IF BW = 10 Hz
Power = 11 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
COUPLED CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Start5 435
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
4Stop5 450.0015
4Sweep5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
4105
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4System5
4115
2
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1 RETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 25 dB
4. Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Perform the following key strokes to set up markers:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: COUPLED
MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
8. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
9. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
10. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
11. Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB.
3-42 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
High Level Test:
1. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-17.
Figure 3-17.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.001, Opt.218/318 with
Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.618
2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Set the step attenuator to 20 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
7. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
8. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-18.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-43
Figure 3-18.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.001, Opt.218/318 with
Opt.003 and Opt.010, and Opt.618
9. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
10. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
12. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
13. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
14. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
15. Repeat the low level test and high level test for B/R measurement.
3-44 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
For Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
Low Level Test:
1. Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-19.
Figure 3-19.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
3. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Channel-1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Channel-2
Measurement; A/R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
Format: Phase
Dual Channel ON
Coupled Channel ON
Start = 3 MHz
MEAS A/R
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Display5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
COUPLED CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Start5 435
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-45
Stop= 50.001 MHz
NOP = 2
IF BW = 10 Hz
Power = 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB
4Stop5 450.0015
4Sweep5
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
2 1 RETURN
40 5 2 1
4105
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4System5
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB
4. Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Perform the following key strokes to set up markers:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: COUPLED
MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
8. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
9. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
10. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
11. Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB.
3-46 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
High Level Test:
1. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-20.
Figure 3-20.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Set the step attenuator to 20 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
7. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
8. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-21.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-47
Figure 3-21.
Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.218/318 with Opt.003 without Opt.010
9. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
10. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
12. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
13. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
14. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
15. Repeat the low level test and high level test for B/R measurement.
3-48 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
For Option 118
Low Level Test:
1. Record the step attenuator 50 MHz calibration value on the calculation sheet.
2. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-22.
Figure 3-22. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 1 for Opt.118
3. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Channel-1
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Channel-2
Measurement; A/R
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
MEAS A
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Meas/Format5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2])
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Format: Phase
Dual Channel ON
Coupled Channel ON
Start = 3 MHz
Stop= 50.001 MHz
MEAS A
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Display5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
COUPLED CH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Start5 435
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4Stop5 450.0015
M
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
M
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-49
NOP = 2
IF BW = 10 Hz
Power = 0 dBm
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NUMBER of POINTs
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
4105
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4System5
405
21
21
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
425
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
RETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : A
25 dB
4. Set the step Attenuator setting to 0 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Perform the following key strokes to set up markers:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: COUPLED
MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5 ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) MKR MODE MENU MARKERS: DESCRETE
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
8. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
9. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
10. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
11. Repeat the steps 8 and 10 for each step attenuator setting of 20 dB to 80 dB.
3-50 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
High Level Test:
1. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-23.
Figure 3-23. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 2 for Opt.118
2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
3. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Set the step attenuator to 20 dB.
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
7. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
8. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-24.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-51
Figure 3-24. Dynamic Accuracy Test Setup 3 for Opt.118
9. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
10. Perform the following key strokes to do a pass loss calibration:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH2]) RESPONSE THRU DONE:
4Cal5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
11. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
12. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement:
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
13. Rotate RPG knob, and record the magnitude measurement reading value at 50.001 MHz and
the phase measurement reading value at 3 MHz on the calculation sheet.
14. Transcribe the test results to the performance test record.
15. Repeat the low level test and high level test for B/R measurement.
3-52 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
13. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test
This test checks the magnitude ratio accuracy for each pair of inputs by measuring the
peak-to-peak variation of the ratioed trace.
Specication
(at 23 6 5 C, 030 dBm input level for RF attenuator: 0 dB or 05 dBm input level for RF
attenuator: 25 dB, the same RF attenuator setting for both inputs)
50 input
E5100A
10 kHz freq. < 100 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 61 dB
100 kHz freq. 100 MHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 60.5 dB
100 MHz < freq. 180 MHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 61 dB
1 M
input for Opt. 101 or 301
(using 50 feedthrough) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 63 dB
Test Equipment
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (if without Opt.001)
Fixed Attenuator 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A Opt.020
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 3ea
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0780, 3ea
50
Feedthrough : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11048C (Opt.101/301)
Procedure
Input Impedance: 50
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-25.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-53
Figure 3-25. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-1
2. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Power= 1 dBm
IF BW= 30 Hz
Active Channel: CH1
4Preset5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
4305
2
415
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH1])
MEAS A/R
4Meas/Format5
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Scale: 0.1 dB/div
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Display5
4.15
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SCALE MENU SCALE/DIV
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 25 dB
3. Store the measurement data using the following key stroke:
4Marker5
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) 4Display5 DEFINE TRACE DATA!MEM
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Reverse R and A cable connections on the E5100A input ports.
5. Press DATA and MEMORY key.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
6. Visually average the two traces; imagine a trace directly between the two traces. (If both
traces are not completely visible, change the scale as required.)
a. Press 4
5 rotate the RPG knob, and record the maximum \averaged" power deviation
from 10 kHz to 100 kHz on the performance test record.
Marker
3-54 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
b. Rotate the RPG knob, and record the maximum \averaged" power deviation from 100
kHz to 100 MHz on the performance test record.
c. Rotate the RPG knob, and record the maximum \averaged" power deviation from 100
MHz to 180 MHz on the performance test record.
7. Press 4
Display
5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
DEFINE TRACE TRACE: DATA .
8. Change the connection as shown in Figure 3-26.
Figure 3-26. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-2
9. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Power= 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
052
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB
10. Repeat the steps 3 through 6.
11. Repeat the steps 1 through 10 for B/R (Opt.318).
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-55
Input Impedance: 1M
(Opt.101/301)
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-27.
Figure 3-27. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-3
2. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Stop= 5 MHz
Power= 1 dBm
IF BW= 30 Hz
Active Channel: CH1
4Preset5
4Stop5 455
NNNNN
M
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
4305
2
415
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH1])
MEAS A/R
4Meas/Format5
Measurement: A/R
Format: LOG MAG
Scale: 0.1 dB/div
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE LOG MAG
4Display5
4.15
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SCALE MENU SCALE/DIV
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 25 dB
3. Store the measurement data using the following key stroke:
4Marker5
ACTIVE CH (set to [CH1]) 4Display5 DEFINE TRACE DATA!MEM
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Reverse R and A cable connections on the E5100A input ports.
5. Press DATA and MEMORY key.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3-56 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
6. Visually average the two traces; imagine a trace directly between the two traces. (If both
traces are not completely visible, change the scale as required.)
Press 4
5 rotate the RPG knob, and record the maximum \averaged" power deviation
from 10 kHz to 5 MHz on the performance test record.
7. Press 4
5 DEFINE TRACE TRACE: DATA .
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Display
8. Change the connection as shown in Figure 3-28.
Figure 3-28. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test Setup-4
9. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Power= 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
052
4
NNNNNNNNNNNN
4
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB
10. Repeat the steps 3 through 6.
11. Repeat test for B/R (Opt.318).
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-57
14. Phase Frequency Response Test
This test checks the phase accuracy for each pair of inputs by measuring the peak-to-peak
variation of the ratioed trace.
Note
An E5100B does not require this test. An E5100A with Option 118 does not
require this test.
Specication
(at 23 6 5 C, 030 dBm input level for RF attenuator: 0 dB or 05 dBm input level for RF
attenuator: 25 dB, the same RF attenuator setting for both inputs, 50 input)
E5100A
10 kHz freq. < 100 kHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 65
100 kHz freq. 100 MHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 62.5
100 MHz < freq. 180 MHz : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 65
Test Equipment
Power Splitter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11667A
50 Termination BNC type : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 11593A (if without Opt.001)
Fixed Attenuator 20 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 8491A Opt.020
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 3ea
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Agilent P/N 1250-0780, 3ea
Procedure
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-29.
Figure 3-29. Phase Frequency Response Test Setup-1
3-58 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
2. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Preset
Power= 1 dBm
IF BW= 30 Hz
Active Channel: CH1
4Preset5
4Sweep5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
IF BW
POWER
4305
2
415
NNNNNNNNNNNN
2
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH1])
MEAS A/R
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4
5 SCALE MENU SCALE/DIV
4 5 2 1
4
5 MULTI CH on OFF (turn it ON)
5 UTILITY MENU
4
STATISTICS on OFF (turn it ON)
4
5 MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R
25 dB
A 25 dB
4Meas/Format5
Measurement: A/R
Format: PHASE
Scale: 0.1 dB/div
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Display
NNNNNNNNNNNN
.1
MULTI Channel ON
Statistics: ON
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Display
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-R Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
System
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Input-A Attenuator: 25 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3. Press 4
5 MORE ELECTRICAL DELAY and turn the RPG knob or press4*5 4+5 to vary the
electrical delay until the standard deviation value as a marker statistic (s.dev) is minimum
as possible.
4. Press PHASE OFFSET and enter the mean value as a marker statistic (mean).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Display
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
5. Perform the following key strokes for a single sweep measurement.
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
SINGLE
6. Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 10 kHz to 100 kHz.
ACTIVE MARKER 1 4105 2 k 2 41005 2 k RETURN 1MODE MENU 1REF MKR
1REF=1 RETURN RETURN MARKER SEARCH SEARCH RANGE SEARCH RNG STORE
PART SRCH on OFF (turn it ON)
4Marker5
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
7. Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key
strokes. Compare the two values, and record the larger one in the performance test record.
4Marker5
8. Press 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENE 1MODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX MIN
5
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1REF MKR 1REF=1 .
9. Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 100 kHz to 100
MHz.
4
5 ACTIVE MARKER 1 4 5 2 k 2 4 5 2 M RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH RANGE
SEARCH RNG STORE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
100
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
100
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
10. Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key
strokes. Compare the two values, and record the larger one in the performance test record.
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-59
4Marker5
11. Press 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1MODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH MAX MIN
5
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1REF MKR 1REF=1 .
12. Perform the following key strokes to set the marker search range from 100 MHz to 180
MHz.
13. 4
5 ACTIVE MARKER 1 4 5 2 M 2 4 5 2 M RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH RANGE
SEARCH RNG STORE
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNN
100
Marker
180
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
14. Move the marker to the maximum value and the minimum value using the following key
strokes. Compare the two values, and record the larger one in the performance test record.
4Marker5
15. Press 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1MODE OFF RETURN MKR SEARCH SEARCH: MAX MIN
5
Marker
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
1MODE MENU 1REF MKR 1REF=1 .
16. Change the connection as shown in Figure 3-30.
Figure 3-30. Phase Frequency Response Test Setup-2
17. Set the E5100A as follows:
Control Settings
Preset
Power= 04 dBm
Input-R Attenuator: 0 dB
Input-A Attenuator: 0 dB
Key Strokes
4Preset5
4Sweep5
4System5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
POWER
NNNNNNNNNNNN
1
4
1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE ATTENUATOR PORT : R 0 dB
NNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A 0 dB
18. Repeat the steps 3 through 14.
19. Change the E5100A control settings for B/R Phase:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
3-60 Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
0 545 2
4
Active Channel: CH2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH2])
MEAS B/R
4Meas/Format5
Measurement: B/R
Format: PHASE
Trigger Mode: Continuous
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
CONTINUOUS
20. Repeat steps 3 through 18.
21. Change the E5100A control settings for A/B Phase:
Control Settings
Key Strokes
Active Channel: CH2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
ACTIVE CH
(set to [CH2])
MEAS A/B
4Meas/Format5
Measurement: A/B
Format: PHASE
Trigger Mode: Continuous
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FORMAT MORE PHASE
4Trigger5
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
CONTINUOUS
22. Repeat steps 3 through 18.
23. Repeat steps 1 through 22 for B/R (Opt.318).
Performance Tests for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 3-61
4
Adjustments
Introduction
This section describes the adjustments required for the E5100A/B Network Analyzer to
operate within its specications. These adjustments should be performed along with periodic
maintenance to keep the E5100A/B in optimum operating condition. The recommended
calibration period is 12 months. If proper performance cannot be achieved after the
adjustments, see the Troubleshooting chapter.
Note
Adjustments can be done only at Agilent Technologies service centers. For
details, contact to Agilent Technologies Kobe Instrument Division.
To ensure proper results and correct instrument operation, a 30 minute
warm-up and stabilization period before performing any of the following
Adjustments are recommended.
Safety Considerations
This manual contains NOTEs, CAUTIONs, and WARNINGs which must be followed to ensure
the safety of the operator and to keep the instrument in a safe and serviceable condition. The
adjustments must be performed by qualied service personnel.
Warning
Any interruption of the protective ground conductor (inside or outside
the instrument) or disconnection of the protective ground terminal can
make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption of the protective
ground system for any reason is prohibited.
The removal or opening of covers, or removal of parts other than those which are accessible by
hand will expose circuits containing dangerous voltage levels.
Remember that the capacitors in the E5100A/B can remain charged for several minutes even
though the E5100A/B is o and unplugged.
Adjustments 4-1
Required Controller
Performing adjustments requires the following controller:
Windows PC (Personal Computer)
OS
Software
GPIB Card
R
R Windows NT
R (3.51) or Windows 95
Microsoft
HP VEE (4.0)
82350, 82340, or 82341
Software Requirements
The adjustments require the E5100A/B Adjustment Program. Contact to Agilent Technologies
Kobe Instrument Division to obtain the latest adjustment program.
4-2 Adjustments
Required Test Equipment
Required equipment for performing the adjustments is listed in Table 4-1. Use only calibrated
test equipment when adjusting the E5100A/B.
Table 4-1. Required Test Equipment for Adjustment
Equipment
Multimeter
Frequency Counter
Power Meter
Power Sensor
80 dB Step Attenuator
Attenuator/Switch Driver
50
Termination, BNC Type
Attenuator Pad 10 dB
Attenuator Pad 30 dB
Power Splitter
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter
N(f)-BNC(m) Adapter
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61cm
GPIB Cable
1
Model
3458A
5334B Opt. 010/030 or 5386A
53181A Opt.010 or 012
437B or 438A or E4418A
8482A
8496G with Opt.001 and H60
11713A
11593A
8491A Opt.010
8491A Opt.030
11667A
Agilent P/N 1250-1476
Agilent P/N 1250-1477
Agilent P/N 8120-1839
10833A/B/C
Qty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
4
1
4
3
1
An 8496G step attenuator with required low VSWR (1.02) can be purchased by specifying option H60, then contact
your nearest Agilent Technologies service center for the required calibratin frequency and calibration uncertainty.
Order of Adjustments
When performing more than one adjustment, perform the operations in order of the page
numbers.
Note
To perform any adjustment, it is not necessary to remove the outer cover.
Adjustments 4-3
Performing Adjustments
The adjustments are empirically derived data that is stored in memory and then recalled
to rene the E5100A/B's measurement and to dene its operation. The adjustments are as
follows:
VCXO Frequency Calibration
Source Correction
IF Attenuator Correction
Receiver Calibration
Setting Up the System
Performing adjustments requires the system described in this section.
The Hardware Setup is shown in Figure 4-1.
Figure 4-1. Adjustment Hardware Setup
4-4 Adjustments
Installing Adjustment Program into Your PC
1. Make a copy of the E5100A/B adjustment program named E5100ADJ.EXE in a directory of
your harddisk drive.
2. Double-click the lename on the Windows' Explorer to start extracting the self-extracting
archive.
3. You will be prompted to enter directory name for installing the program les.
Click Unzip to use default directory (C:nE5100a b).
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Conrm the message that you successfully extract the les and click OK and Close .
NNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Running the Adjustment Program
1. Start the HP VEE.
2. Load the adjustment program le into the HP VEE as follows:
a. Pull down the File menu from the HP VEE window and select Open.
b. Select the le C:\E5100A_B\E5100ADJ.VEE and click Open .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
3. You may be asked to add drivers for the equipment during the program loading. Click OK
and enter the address for each equipment. Enter 0 as the address for the equipment which
are not used for the adjustment. (Refer to Table 4-2)
NNNNNNNN
Table 4-2. Device Name and GPIB Address Example
Device Name
E 5100A
rs 232
FC
11713A
11713A 2
PMeter
438A
3458A
5386A
3488A
3488A 2
Dummy
Equipment
E5100 A/B
(not used)
Frequency Counter
Attenuator/Switch Driver
Attenuator/Switch Driver
Power Meter
Power Meter
Multimeter
Frequency Counter
(not used)
(not used)
(not used)
GPIB Address
717
0
703
728
728
713
713
722
703
0
0
0
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
4. Select START button on the HP VEE screen.
5. Follow the instructions shown on the display.
Adjustments 4-5
1. VCXO Frequency Calibration
The purpose of this procedure is to generate the correction constants which the pretune
fractional-N oscillator uses to insure proper phase lock. The correction constants are stored
into ash memory.
Required Equipment
Frequency Counter
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm
5334B Opt.010,030 or 5386A
53181A Opt.010 or 012
Agilent P/N 8120-1839
Procedure
1. Run the Adjustments Program
2. Choose the VCXO Frequency Calibration.
3. Following the Adjustments Program instructions, complete this procedure.
Note
If 53181A is used, connect BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable to CHANNEL 1.
Figure 4-2. VCXO Frequency Calibration Setup
4-6 Adjustments
2. Source Correction
The purpose of this procedure is to calibrate the power level linearity. The calibration data in
the form of correction constants are then stored in ash memory.
Required Equipment
Power Meter
Power Sensor
50 Termination BNC type
Attenuator Pad 10 dB
Attenuator Pad 30 dB
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter
N(f)-BNC(m) Adapter
437B or 438A or E4418A
8482A
11593A (if without Opt. 001)
8491A Opt.010 (if without Opt.010)
8491A Opt.030 (if with Opt.010)
Agilent P/N 8120-1839
Agilent P/N 1250-1476
Agilent P/N 1250-1477
Procedure
1. Run the Adjustments Program.
2. Choose the Source Correction.
3. Following the Adjustments Program instruction, connect the equipment as shown in
Figure 4-3, Figure 4-4, and Figure 4-5.
Figure 4-3. Power Sensor Calibration Setup
Adjustments 4-7
Figure 4-4. Source Correction Setup 1
Figure 4-5. Source Correction Setup 2
4-8 Adjustments
3. IF Attenuator Correction
Note
An E5100A/B with Option 100 does not require updating these correction
constants.
The purpose of this procedure is to calibrate the Input-R receiver's absolute measurement
accuracy. The calibration data in the form of correction constants is then stored in ash
memory.
Required Equipment
80 dB Step Attenuator
Attenuator/Switch Driver
Power Splitter
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter
8496G with Opt.001 & H60
11713A
11667A
Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 4 ea
Agilent P/N 1250-1476, 5 or 6 ea
Procedure
1. Run the Adjustments program.
2. Choose the IF Attenuator Correction.
3. Following the Adjustments Program instructions, connect the equipment as shown in
Figure 4-6.
Adjustments 4-9
Figure 4-6. IF Attenuator Correction Setup
Note
The BNC(m)-BNC(m) cables must have the same length.
4. Following the instructions, complete the procedure.
4-10 Adjustments
4. Receiver Calibration
The purpose of this procedure is to calibrate the Input-A receiver absolute measurement
accuracy. The calibration data in the form of correction constants is then stored in ash
memory.
Required Equipment
Multimeter
Power Meter
Power Sensor
80 dB Step Attenuator
Attenuator/Switch Driver
Power Splitter
50 Feedthrough
BNC(f)-Dual Banana Plug
N(m)-BNC(f) Adapter
N(f)-BNC(f) Adapter
BNC(m)-BNC(m) Cable, 61 cm
3458A
437B or 438A or E4418A
8482A
8496G with Opt.001 & H60
11713A
11667A
11048C
Agilent P/N 1251-2277
Agilent P/N 1250-1476, 5 or 6 ea
Agilent P/N 1250-1474
Agilent P/N 8120-1839, 4 ea
Procedure
1. Run the Adjustments Program.
2. Choose the Receiver Calibration.
3. Following the Adjustments Program instructions, connect the equipment as shown in
Figure 4-7, Figure 4-8, and Figure 4-9. The setup will depend on the E5100A/B's options.
Adjustments 4-11
Figure 4-7. Receiver Calibration Setup 1
Note
4-12 Adjustments
The two BNC(m)-BNC(m) cables from the power splitter to the E5100A/B
Input-A and the multimeter must have the same length.
Figure 4-8. Receiver Calibration Setup 2
Note
The two BNC(m)-BNC(m) cables from the power splitter to the E5100A/B
Input-A and the power sensor must have the same length.
Adjustments 4-13
Figure 4-9. Receiver Calibration Setup 3
4-14 Adjustments
5
Troubleshooting
Introduction
This chapter describes overall troubleshooting summary and provides the procedure to
determine whether the analyzer is faulty, or not. The procedure is performed rst in the
troubleshooting of this manual.
Troubleshooting Summary
The troubleshooting strategy of this manual is based on a verication (rather than symptomatic)
approach. This chapter's rst step is to verify the operation of the analyzer alone, independent
of accessories or system peripherals. Accessories are devices like test sets, power probes, power
splitters, cables, and calibration kits. Peripherals are devices like computers, printers, and
keyboards, for instance, and which typically use an GPIB connection and a line connection.
This chapter also suggests remedies for system problems external to the analyzer.
This chapter identies one or some faulty groups in the analyzer's ve functional groups. Then
refers the technician to the appropriate chapter. The ve functional groups are power supply,
digital control, source, receiver, and accessories. Descriptions of these groups are provided in
the Theory of Operation chapter.
Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting , the next chapter, assumes that the fault is within one
of two functional groups: source, receiver. Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting identies
the faulty group and refers the technician to the appropriate chapter. These rst chapters,
Troubleshooting and Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting, stress simple, straight forward
procedures.
Figure 5-1 diagrams the troubleshooting organization.
Each of the ve chapters following Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting veries, one at a
time, the assemblies within a group until the faulty assembly is identied. These ve chapters
employ more lengthy, complicated procedures.
Post-Repair Procedures, is the last chapter of the troubleshooting portion of the manual.
Post-Repair Procedures is organized by assembly and notes what adjustment to perform and
how to verify proper instrument operation following the replacement of an assembly.
Troubleshooting 5-1
Figure 5-1. Troubleshooting Organization
5-2 Troubleshooting
Start Here
A system failure can be caused by a problem in the analyzer and its accessories or out of the
analyzer (in a peripheral or programming). To verify the operation of the analyzer alone,
perform the following procedure.
1. Disconnect everything from the analyzer: All test set interconnect, GPIB cable, probe
power, and RF cables.
2. Perform the Inspect the Power On Sequence in this chapter.
3. Perform the Inspect the Performance Test Result in this chapter.
4. Perform the Inspect the Rear Panel Feature in this chapter.
If the analyzer has passed all of the checks in steps 2 through 4 but it still making incorrect
measurements or unexpected operations, suspect the accessories. Accessories such as RF or
interconnect cables, calibration and verication kit devices, test set can all induce system
problems.
Congure the system as it is normally used and reconrm the problem. Continue with the
Accessories Troubleshooting chapter.
Troubleshooting 5-3
Inspect the Power On Sequence
Check the Fan
Turn the analyzer power on. Inspect the fan on the rear panel.
The fan should be rotating and audible.
If case of unexpected results, check AC line power to the analyzer. Check the fuse (rating listed
on the rear panel). If the problem persists, continue with the Power Supply Troubleshooting
chapter.
Check the Front Displays
Turn on the analyzer and watch for the following events in this order:
1. Beep is sounding.
2. The analyzer displays Internal Test In Progress for several seconds.
3. The analyzer displays the graticule.
If case of unexpected results, continue with Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter.
Check Error Message
Turn the analyzer power on. Inspect the LCD. No error message should be displayed.
If one of the error message or a status annotation listed below appears on the LCD, continue
with the Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter.
Self-test failed
! (Status annotation)
These error messages indicate that one of power-on self tests fails. If an other error message
appears, refer to the Error Messages in Messages.
If the response of front panel, GPIB commands, or built-in FDD is unexpected, continue with
the Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter.
5-4 Troubleshooting
Inspect the Performance Test Result
When you want to test the individual analyzer specications, perform the performance test in
accordance with the Performance Test . If one or some of the performance tests fail, continue
with the Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Inspect the Rear Panel Feature
If the analyzer is operating unexpectedly after these checks are veried, continue with Digital
Control Troubleshooting chapter.
Check the GPIB Interface
If the unexpected operations appear when controlling the analyzer with an external controller,
perform the following checks to verify the problem is not with the controller.
Compatibility, must be HP 9000 series 200/300, see the manuals of the controller and the
BASIC system.
GPIB interface hardware must be installed in the controller, see the manuals of the controller
and the BASIC system.
I/O and GPIB binaries loaded, see the manuals of the BASIC system.
Select code, see the manuals of the BASIC system.
GPIB cables, see the manuals of the BASIC system.
Programming syntax, see the manuals of the BASIC system.
Check the Parallel Interface
Connect an external printer to the analyzer's parallel interface and make a hardcopy of the
display.
Check the mini DIN Keyboard Connector
See the Connecting a Keyboard at the Chapter 3, Installation and Setup Guide of E5100A/B
User's Guide.
Troubleshooting 5-5
6
Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting
Introduction
Use these procedures after you have read the Troubleshooting chapter. This chapter provides
the Performance Test Failure Troubleshooting.
This procedure is to determine which group is faulty in the two functional groups: source, and
receiver. Descriptions of these groups are provided in the Theory of Operation chapter.
Use the Performance Test Failure Troubleshooting when any of the performance tests fail.
This procedure isolates the most probable faulty group.
Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting
6-1
Performance Tests Failure Troubleshooting
Perform the following procedure sequentially when any of performance tests fail.
Perform Adjustments
Table 6-1 gives the recommended adjustments when a performance test fails.
If a performance test fails, you should perform the corresponding adjustments function as
shown in Table 6-1. If the tests still fail, see Table 6-2. In a few cases, other adjustments may
bring the tests into specication. The following table lists some typical cases.
Table 6-1. Recommended Adjustments
Performance Test
Frequency Accuracy
Harmonics
Non-Harmonic Spurious
Phase Noise
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness.
Source Power Linearity
Receiver Noise Level
Trace Noise
Residual Response
Input Crosstalk
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
Dynamic Accuracy
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response
Phase Frequency Response
VCXO Freq. Calibration IF Attenuator Correction
and Source Correction and Receiver Calibration
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
Troubleshoot Suspicious Functional Group
Table 6-2 lists the functional groups to suspect rst when a performance test fails. If a
performance test fails, you should check the function groups as shown in the table. The
following table lists some typical cases. In a few cases, other groups may actually be faulty.
6-2 Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting
Table 6-2. Functional Group to Suspect When a Performance Test Fails
Test
Source Receiver
p
Frequency Accuracy
p
Harmonics
p
Non-Harmonic Spurious
p
Phase Noise
p
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness.
p
Source Power Linearity
p
p
Receiver Noise Level
p
p
Trace Noise
p
Residual Response
p
p
Input Crosstalk
p
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
p
Dynamic Accuracy
p
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response
p
Phase Frequency Response
Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting
6-3
7
Power Supply Troubleshooting
Introduction
Use this procedure only if you have read Troubleshooting, and you believe the problem is in
the power supply. The procedure is designed to let you identify the bad assembly within the
power supply functional group in the shortest possible time.
The power supply functional group consists of:
Power Supply 130W (Agilent P/N E5100-65002)
Power Supply 30W (Agilent P/N 0950-2919)
Those assemblies, however, are related to the power supply functional group because power is
supplied to each assembly.
If an assembly is replaced, see the Post Repair Procedures chapter in this manual. It tells what
additional tests or adjustments need to be done after replacing any assembly.
Power Supply Troubleshooting
7-1
Start Here
Check the Power On Sequence
Turn the analyzer power on. If the LCD display is turned on for a couple of seconds and then
turned o, continue with the next Troubleshoot the Fan.
Troubleshoot the Fan
Perform the following procedure to troubleshoot the fan.
Troubleshoot the Fan
a.
b.
c.
d.
Turn the analyzer power o.
Disassemble the rear panel.
Remove the fan power cable from the Motherboard A20J20.
Connect a DC power supply, a 10 k
resistance, and a oscilloscope to the fan power cable
using appropriate wires.
Figure 7-1. Fan Troubleshooting Setup
e. Turn the DC power supply on. Adjust the output voltage to +24 V.
7-2 Power Supply Troubleshooting
f. Check the fan is rotating. Check the FAN LOCK signal is as shown in Figure 7-1.
If the fan is not rotating or the FAN LOCK signal is unexpected, replace the fan.
If these are good, the fan is veried.
Reconnect the fan power cable to the Motherboard A20J20.
Power Supply Troubleshooting
7-3
Troubleshoot the Power Supplies
Use this procedure when the fan is not rotating and the LCD display is never turned on in the
power on sequence.
Measure the Output Voltages of Power Supplies
a.
b.
c.
d.
Turn the analyzer power o.
Remove the outer cover of the E5100A/B.
Turn the analyzer power on.
Measure the output voltages at the A20J16, A20J17, and A20J18 pins using a voltmeter
with a small probe.
Figure 7-2. Power Supply Output Pins on A20 Mother Board
7-4 Power Supply Troubleshooting
Table 7-1. Power Supply Output Voltages on A20 Mother Board
Power Supply
Connector Pin
Output Voltage
Range
PS 130W
A20J16 Pin 4,5,6
+5 V
+4.5 V to +5.5 V
A20J16 Pin 8
+5 V
+4.5 V to +5.5 V
1
A20J16 Pin 1,2,3,7
1
2
GND
+24 V
A20J17 Pin 5
015 V
+21.6 V to +26.4 V
A20J17 Pin 7
+15 V
+13.5 V to +16.5 V
A20J17 Pin 3,4
PS 30W
2
A20J17 Pin 1,2,6
GND
A20J18 Pin 3,4
+5 V
013.5 V to 016.5 V
+4.5 V to +5.5 V
A20J18 Pin 5
012 V
010.8 V to 013.2 V
A20J18 Pin 1,2,6
+12 V
+10.8 V to +13.2 V
Pin numbers are assigned from upper left on the A20 Motherboard.
Remote on/o switching voltage from A41 board. (for auto shut down)
e. Check (and replace) an assembly in accordance with Table 7-2.
Table 7-2. Output Voltage Test Result and Replacement Assembly
PS 130W Output PS 30W Output
Check (Replace):
PASS
FAIL
PS 30W
FAIL
PASS
A41 Board or PS 130W
FAIL
FAIL
Cables from AC line to power supplies
Power Supply Troubleshooting
7-5
8
Digital Control Troubleshooting
Introduction
Use this procedure only if you have followed the procedures in the Troubleshooting chapter,
and believe the problem to be in the digital control group. This procedure is designed to let
you identify the bad assembly within the digital control group in the shortest possible time.
Whenever an assembly is replaced in this procedure, refer to the Post-Repair Procedures
chapter in this manual.
The following assemblies make up the digital control group:
A1 CPU
A2 Peripheral
A3 DSP
A40 Front Keyboard
A41 Rear Board
A42 Rear Board
A43/44/45/46 I/O Port
LCD Display Assembly
FDD
A1 CPU Replacement
When you replace a faulty A1 CPU with a new one, remove the ash memories from the faulty
A1 and mount the ash memories on the replacement A1. (See the Board Conguration
chapter)
In the ash memories, the correction constants data is stored after performing the adjustment
procedures described in the chapter 3. The data may be valid for the new A1 CPU.
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-1
Firmware Installation
No rmware is installed in new A1 CPU assembly. When you replace a faulty A1 CPU with a
new one, install a new rmware into the A1 CPU.
Before you start replacing a faulty A1 CPU with a new one, you must know the E5100A/B's
hardware conguration because required rmware depends on it.
Note
You must choose a correct rmware disk for the E5100A/B. To install an
incorrect rmware may cause a serious damage to the instrument.
1. Choosing and Ordering a Required Firmware Disk
Table 8-1 is a summary of the E5100A/B's hardware conguration and required rmware disk.
Table 8-1.
E5100A/B Hardware Conguration and Required Firmware Disk
Hardware Conguration
1
Required Firmware Disk
Currently Installed
Firmware Revision
Opt.509
Installed?
Max. Number of
Sweep Points
LCD Display
Type
Agilent Part
Number
Description
2.xx
2.xx
2.xx
2.xx
2.xx
Yes
(any)
Monochrome
E5100-180xx1
F/W #509 Rev.2.xx
No
801 or 401
Monochrome
E5100-181xx
1
F/W 1BW Rev.2.xx
No
401
Color
E5100-182xx
1
F/W 1CL Rev.2.xx
No
1601
Monochrome
E5100-183xx1
F/W 2BW Rev.2.xx
No
1601
Color
E5100-184xx1
F/W 2CL Rev.2.xx
3.xx
(any)
(any)
Color
E5100-185xx
F/W Rev.3.xx
1
\xx" should be the latest number to obtain the latest rmware.
Use the following procedures to make sure each hardware conguration.
Checking if Option 509 is installed
Turn the analyzer power on. If there is no information on the LCD display except for
***** Welcome ***** message, it must have Option 509.
Check the front and rear panel. If the analyzer has OPTION 509 label, it must have Option
509.
Checking the Currently Installed Firmware Revision
Diplay the rmware information as follows:
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
5 MORE SERVICE MENU FIRMWARE REVISION . The revision number of
Press 4
currently installed rmware of the analyzer appears on the display.
Or, turn the analyzer power o and on. Display message at the end of power on sequence
includes the rmware revision information.
Those are the most credible ways to know the rmware revision of the analyzer.
The rmware revision can also be checked on the revision label attached on the rear panel as
shown in Figure 8-1.
System
8-2 Digital Control Troubleshooting
Figure 8-1. Firmware Revision Label
Checking Maximum Number of Sweep Points
1. Turn the E5100A/B ON.
5 Number of POINTs
2. Press 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Sweep
416015
21 .
NNNNNNNNN
If the number of points is set to 1601, the maximum number of points of the E5100A/B is
1601.
If the number of points is set to 801, the maximum number of points of the E5100A/B is
801.
If the number of points is set to 401, the maximum number of points of the E5100A/B is
401.
Note
If it is dicult to read the maximum number of points on the LCD display
5
due to overlayed traces, try to change the display format using 4
Format and followed softkeys to change the trace position.
Meas/Format
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
The E5100A must have 1601 or 801 maximum number of sweep points. The
E5100B must have 401 maximum number of sweep points.
If it is impossible to know that an E5100A has 1601 or 801 maximum number
of sweep points due to some trouble, check the Agilent part number of the
installed A3 DSP. If A3 part number for an E5100A is E5100-66593, the
E5100A must have 1601 maximum number of sweep points as long as the
original board (Agilent P/N E5100-66513) has not been replaced with a new
board (Agilent P/N E5100-66593) before; if A3 part number for an E5100A is
E5100-66513, the E5100A must have 801 maximum number of sweep points.
Checking the LCD Display Type
Usually, the LCD display type (color or monochrome) can be checked by turning the analyzer
power on.
If it is impossible to know the LCD display type due to some LCD display trouble, check the
Agilent part number of installed A2 Peripheral. If the A2 part number is E5100-66502, the
LCD type must be monochrome; if the A2 part number is E5000-66502, the LCD type must
be color.
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-3
2. Installing the Firmware
1. Turn the E5100A/B power o.
2. While pressing both 4
5 and 4 5 keys at the same time, turn the E5100A/B power on.
3. Wait until the bootloader menu ( FIRMWARE UPDATE and other softkeys) appears on the
display.
4. Press FIRMWARE UPDATE .
Preset
0
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
5. Insert the correct rmware disk into the oppy disk drive of the E5100A/B.
6. Press OK .
NNNNNNNN
7. Press EXECUTE UPDATE .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
8. Press OK to start the rmware update.
NNNNNNNN
9. Wait until the E5100A/B automatically executes preset operation.
10. Verify that no error message is displayed and that the revision displayed is that of the
revision label.
In case of unexpected results, inspect the rmware diskette for any damage. Clean the
built-in FDD and retry the procedure.
8-4 Digital Control Troubleshooting
Start Here
1. Check the Power On Sequence
See the Inspect the Power On Sequence in the chapter 4 for checking the Power On Sequence.
Check the A1 LEDs (DS1, DS2, and DS3)
There are twelve LEDs (4 2 3) on the A1 CPU. These LEDs should be in the pattern shown in
Table 8-2 and Table 8-3 at the end of the power on sequence. Perform the following procedure
to check the A1 twelve LEDs.
a. Turn the analyzer o.
b. Remove the outer cover of the analyzer.
c. Turn the analyzer power on.
d. Look at the A1 LEDs DS1, DS2, and DS3. Some of the LEDs light during the power on
sequence. At the end of the power on sequence, the LEDs should stay in the pattern shown
in Table 8-2 and Table 8-3.
If the DS1 +5V LED is OFF, check the +5 V power supply from PS 130W assembly. (See
the Power Supply Troubleshooting chapter.)
If the DS1 +5V LED is good but the other DS1, DS2, and DS3 LEDs stay in the other
pattern, the A1 CPU is probably faulty. Replace the A1 CPU. (DS2 and DS3 LED status
shows the results of Boot ROM Checksum Test and DRAM Address Test.)
Figure 8-2. A1 CPU LED Location
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-5
Table 8-2. A1 LEDs (DS1) Status
A1 LEDs
DS1
+5V
ON
From Upper Left
FAIL
BDAC
OFF
OFF
-
Table 8-3. A1 LEDs (DS2 and DS3) Status
A1 LEDs
DS2
DS3
8-6 Digital Control Troubleshooting
1
OFF
OFF
From Upper Left
2
3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
4
OFF
OFF
2. Check Error Messages
Turn the analyzer power on. Check no error message appears on the LCD.
If no error message is displayed, continue with the Check the A1 ICs in this Start Here.
If one of error messages listed below is displayed, follow the instruction described below. For
the other message, see the Error Messages in Messages.
Error Messages
Instruction
(-330) Self-test failed, No.xx
This indicates the power on selftest failed. Continue
with the next Check Power On Selftest.
(157) BACKUP DATA LOST, xxxxxx
This indicates that the correction constants stored
in the ash memories on the A1 CPU are invalid
or the ash memories are faulty. Rewrite all
correction constants into the ash memories. For
the detailed procedure, See the Adjustments chapter
in this manual. If the rewriting is not successfully
performed, replace the ash memories and then
rewrite the all correction constants into the new
ash memories.
! (Status Annotation)
This indicates that the correction constants stored in
the ash memories on the A1 CPU are invalid or the
ash memories are faulty.
Check the Internal Tests
The analyzer performs the power on selftest every time when the analyzer is turned on. In the
power on selftest, internal diagnostic tests 13 through 23,26, 27, 30 through 83, 85 through87,
89, 96, and 98 are executed sequentially. The failed test indicates the most probable faulty
assembly. For more information about the internal tests, see the Service Menu Keys chapter in
this manual.
If the power on selftest fails and \(-330) Self-test failed, No.xx" message is displayed,
execute each single internal test in order of the test numbers to identify the failed test. Then
refer to the Table 8-4 for further troubleshooting information.
a. Press 4
5 4
5 MORE SERVICE MENU INTERNAL TESTS 4 5 21 to access the internal
test 13 (A27 ID).
b. Press EXECUTE TEST to execute the internal test 13.
NNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Preset
System
13
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
c. Wait until the test result, \PASS" or \(-330) Self-test failed, No.13" is displayed.
d. If (-330) Self-test failed, No.xx is displayed, note down the self test number.
e. Enter the next internal test number using ten keys, and press 21 EXECUTE TEST .
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
f. Repeat steps d and e until you complete the last internal test (No. 98).
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-7
Table 8-4.
Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure
Test No.
13
A27 ID
14
A24 ID
15
A25 ID
Failed Test
16
A26 ID
17
A28/29/50 Source Port ID
21
A24 DCBUS +11.6V
22
A24 DCBUS +5VA
23
A24 DCBUS 09V
24
A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT1
25
A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT2
26
A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT3
27
A24 DCBUS CONST VOLT
28
A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT1
8-8 Digital Control Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Information
Check the A27 Synthesizer is correctly installed.
Check the A24 Source is correctly installed.
Check the A25 RF Amplier (Opt.010) is
correctly installed.
Check the A26R/A/B/C Receivers are correctly
installed.
Check the A28 Source Switch (Opt.003), A29
50/1M Switch (Opt.101/301), A50 High
Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5) are correctly
installed. (See Board Conguration)
Voltage test fails at +11.6V internal dc bus node
of the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a probable
faulty board. Replace the A24 Source.See the
Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +5V internal dc bus node of
the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a probable
faulty board. Replace the A24 Source. See the
Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at 09V internal dc bus node of
the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a probable
faulty board. Replace the A24 Source. See the
Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node (VNR
VOLT1) of the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A24 Source.
See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node (VNR
VOLT2) of the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A24 Source.
See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node (VNR
VOLT3) of the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A24 Source.
See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node (CONST
VOLT) of the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A24 Source.
See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node (DAC
VOLT1) of the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A24 Source.
See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Table 8-4.
Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure
(continued)
Test No.
Failed Test
29
A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT2
30
A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT3
31
A24 DCBUS 1ST LOCAL
32
A25 DCBUS +15V
41
A26A DCBUS +12VA
42
A26A DCBUS +12VB
43
A26A DCBUS +5VA
44
A26A DCBUS +5VB
45
A26A DCBUS 05V
Troubleshooting Information
Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node (DAC
VOLT2) of the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A24 Source.
See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node (DAC
VOLT3) of the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A24 Source.
See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node (1ST
LOCAL) of the A24 Source. The A24 Source is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A24 Source.
See the Source Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +15V internal dc bus node
of the A25 RF Amplier (Opt.010). The A25 RF
Amplier is a probable faulty board. Replace
the A25 RF Amplier. See the Source Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +12V internal dc bus node
(+12VA) of the A26A Receiver. The A26A
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26A Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +12V internal dc bus node
(+12VB) of the A26A Receiver. The A26A
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26A Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +5V internal dc bus node
(+5VA) of the A26A Receiver. The A26A
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26A Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +5V internal dc bus node
(+5VB) of the A26A Receiver. The A26A
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26A Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at 05V internal dc bus node of
the A26A Receiver. The A26A Receiver is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A26A
Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-9
Table 8-4.
Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure
(continued)
Test No.
Failed Test
46
A26A DCBUS 012VA
47
A26A DCBUS 012VB
48
A26A DCBUS ADC REF VOLT
51
A26R DCBUS +12VA
52
A26R DCBUS +12VB
53
A26R DCBUS +5VA
54
A26R DCBUS +5VB
55
A26R DCBUS 05V
56
A26R DCBUS 012VA
8-10 Digital Control Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Information
Voltage test fails at 012V internal dc bus node
(012VA) of the A26A Receiver. The A26A
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26A Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at 012V internal dc bus node
(012VB) of the A26A Receiver. The A26A
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26A Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at internal dc bus node (ADC
REF VOLT) of the A26A Receiver. The A26A
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26A Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +12V internal dc bus node
(+12VA) of the A26R Receiver. The A26R
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26R Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +12V internal dc bus node
(+12VB) of the A26R Receiver. The A26R
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26R Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +5V internal dc bus node
(+5VA) of the A26R Receiver. The A26R
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26R Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at +5V internal dc bus node
(+5VB) of the A26R Receiver. The A26R
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26R Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at 05V internal dc bus node of
the A26R Receiver. The A26R Receiver is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A26R
Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at 012V internal dc bus node
(012VA) of the A26R Receiver. The A26R
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26R Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Table 8-4.
Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure
(continued)
Test No.
Failed Test
57
A26R DCBUS 012VB
58
A26R DCBUS ADC REF VOLT
61
A26B DCBUS +12VA
62
A26B DCBUS +12VB
63
A26B DCBUS +5VA
64
A26B DCBUS +5VB
65
A26B DCBUS 05V
66
A26B DCBUS 012VA
67
A26B DCBUS 012VB
Troubleshooting Information
Voltage test fails at the 012V internal dc bus
node (012VB) of the A26R Receiver. The A26R
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26R Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(ADC REF VOLT) of the A26R Receiver. The
A26R Receiver is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A26R Receiver. See the Receiver
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the +12V internal dc bus
node (+12VA) of the A26B Receiver. The A26B
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26B Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the +12V internal dc bus
node (+12VB) of the A26B Receiver. The A26B
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26B Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the +5V internal dc bus
node (+5VA) of the A26B Receiver. The A26B
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26B Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the +5V internal dc bus
node (+5VB) of the A26B Receiver. The A26B
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26B Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the 05V internal dc bus
node of the A26B Receiver. The A26B Receiver
is a probable faulty board. Replace the A26B
Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the 012V internal dc bus
node (012VA) of the A26B Receiver. The A26B
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26B Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the 012V internal dc bus
node (012VB) of the A26B Receiver. The A26B
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26B Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-11
Table 8-4.
Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure
(continued)
Test No.
Failed Test
68
A26B DCBUS ADC REF VOLT
71
A26C DCBUS +12VA
72
A26C DCBUS +12VB
73
A26C DCBUS +5VA
74
A26C DCBUS +5VB
75
A26C DCBUS 05V
76
A26C DCBUS 012VA
77
A26C DCBUS 012VB
78
A26C DCBUS ADC REF VOLT
8-12 Digital Control Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Information
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(ADC REF VOLT) of the A26B Receiver. The
A26B Receiver is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A26B Receiver. See the Receiver
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the +12V internal dc bus
node (+12VA) of the A26C Receiver. The A26C
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26C Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the +12V internal dc bus
node (+12VB) of the A26C Receiver. The A26C
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26C Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the +5V internal dc bus
node (+5VA) of the A26C Receiver. The A26C
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26C Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the +5V internal dc bus
node (+5VB) of the A26C Receiver. The A26C
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26C Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the 05V internal dc bus
node of the A26C Receiver. The A26C Receiver
is a probable faulty board. Replace the A26C
Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the 012V internal dc bus
node (012VA) of the A26C Receiver. The A26C
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26C Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the 012V internal dc bus
node (012VB) of the A26C Receiver. The A26C
Receiver is a probable faulty board. Replace the
A26C Receiver. See the Receiver Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(ADC REF VOLT) of the A26C Receiver. The
A26C Receiver is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A26C Receiver. See the Receiver
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Table 8-4.
Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure
(continued)
Test No.
Failed Test
81
A27 DCBUS +13V
82
A27 DCBUS +5V
83
A27 DCBUS 012V
84
A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ1
85
A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ2
86
A27 FBUS 100KHZ
87
A27 FBUS VCO 10KHZ
88
A27 DCBUS VCO 10KHZ INTG
89
A27 DCBUS VCO 10KHZ CNTL
Troubleshooting Information
Voltage test fails at the +13V internal dc bus
node of the A27 Synthesizer. The A27
Synthesizer is a probable faulty board. Replace
the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the +5V internal dc bus
node of the A27 Synthesizer. The A27
Synthesizer is a probable faulty board. Replace
the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the 012V internal dc bus
node of the A27 Synthesizer. The A27
Synthesizer is a probable faulty board. Replace
the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(40MHZ VCXO ADJ1) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(40MHZ VCXO ADJ2) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Frequency test fails at the internal frequency
bus node (100KHZ) of the A27 Synthesizer. The
A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Frequency test fails at the internal frequency
bus node (VCO 10KHZ) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(VCO 10KHZ INTG) of the A27 Synthesizer. The
A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(VCO 10KHZ CNTL) of the A27 Synthesizer. The
A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-13
Table 8-4.
Troubleshooting Information for Internal Diagnostic Test Failure
(continued)
Test No.
Failed Test
90
A27 FBUS VCO 100MHZ
91
A27 DCBUS VCO 100MHZ INTG
92
A27 DCBUS VCO 100MHZ CNTL
93
A27 FBUS VCO 200MHZ
94
A27 DCBUS VCO 200MHZ INTG
95
A27 DCBUS VCO 200MHZ CNTL
96
A27 FBUS VCO 300MHZ
97
A27 DCBUS VCO 300MHZ INTG
98
A27 DCBUS VCO 300MHZ CNTL
8-14 Digital Control Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Information
Frequency test fails at the internal frequency
bus node (VCO 100MHZ) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(VCO 100MHZ INTG) of the A27 Synthesizer has
some problem. The A27 Synthesizer is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A27
Synthesizer. See the Source Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(VCO 100MHZ CNTL) of the A27 Synthesizer has
some problem. The A27 Synthesizer is a
probable faulty board. Replace the A27
Synthesizer. See the Source Group
Troubleshooting chapter.
Frequency test fails at the internal frequency
bus node (VCO 200MHZ) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(VCO 200MHZ INTG) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(VCO 200MHZ CNTL) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Frequency test fails at the internal frequency
bus node (VCO 300MHZ) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(VCO 300MHZ INTG) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
Voltage test fails at the internal dc bus node
(VCO 300MHZ CNTL) of the A27 Synthesizer.
The A27 Synthesizer is a probable faulty board.
Replace the A27 Synthesizer. See the Source
Group Troubleshooting chapter.
List of Internal Tests (No. 10 - No. 98)
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
81
82
ALL INTERNAL TESTS
POWER ON INTERNAL TESTS
A27 ID
A24 ID
A25 ID
A26 ID
A28/29/50/SOURCE PORT ID
A24 DCBUS +11.6V
A24 DCBUS +5VA
A24 DCBUS -9V
A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT1
A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT2
A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT3
A24 DCBUS CONST VOLT
A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT1
A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT2
A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT3
A24 DCBUS 1ST LOCAL
A25 DCBUS +15V
A26A DCBUS +12VA
A26A DCBUS +12VB
A26A DCBUS +5VA
A26A DCBUS +5VB
A26A DCBUS -5V
A26A DCBUS -12VA
A26A DCBUS -12VB
A26A DCBUS ADC REF VOLT
A26R DCBUS +12VA
A26R DCBUS +12VB
A26R DCBUS +5VA
A26R DCBUS +5VB
A26R DCBUS -5V
A26R DCBUS -12VA
A26R DCBUS -12VB
A26R DCBUS ADC REF VOLT
A26B DCBUS +12VA
A26B DCBUS +12VB
A26B DCBUS +5VA
A26B DCBUS +5VB
A26B DCBUS -5V
A26B DCBUS -12VA
A26B DCBUS -12VB
A26B DCBUS ADC REF VOLT
A26C DCBUS +12VA
A26C DCBUS +12VB
A26C DCBUS +5VA
A26C DCBUS +5VB
A26C DCBUS -5V
A26C DCBUS -12VA
A26C DCBUS -12VB
A26C DCBUS ADC REF VOLT
A27 DCBUS +13V
A27 DCBUS +5V
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[OPTION ONLY]
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[OPTION ONLY]
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[POWER_ON_TEST OPTION
[OPTION ONLY]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-15
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
A27
DCBUS -12V
DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ1
DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ2
FBUS 100KHZ
FBUS VCO 10KHZ
DCBUS VCO 10KHZ INTG
DCBUS VCO 10KHZ CNTL
FBUS VCO 100MHZ
DCBUS VCO 100MHZ INTG
DCBUS VCO 100MHZ CNTL
FBUS VCO 200MHZ
DCBUS VCO 200MHZ INTG
DCBUS VCO 200MHZ CNTL
FBUS VCO 300MHZ
DCBUS VCO 300MHZ INTG
DCBUS VCO 300MHZ CNTL
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
[POWER_ON_TEST]
3. Check the A1 ICs
The following A1 ICs are tested using the A1 On Board Test Mode:
DRAM
Instruction Flash Memory
Peripheral IC -1
SRAM
Storage Flash Memory
Peripheral IC -2
Note
To test using the A1 On Board Test Mode erases all correction constants and
rmware data in the A1 ash memories. You need to install new rmware
and to perform all adjustments after the A1 On Board Test.
Before you change the A1SW1 switch settings on the A1 CPU in accordance
with each test procedure, you must record the switch settings so that you
can restore the settings after completing the A1 On Board Test. If you forget
the original settings, see the Board Conguration chapter.
A1 DRAM Test
The A1 DRAM test performs R/W test and address test. Perform the following procedure to
verify the A1 DRAM using the A1 On Board Test Mode.
a. Turn the analyzer power o.
b. Remove the outer cover of the analyzer.
c. Set the A1 switch (A1SW1) as shown in Table 8-5.
Table 8-5. A1 DRAM Test Switch Settings
A1 Switch
A1SW1
8-16 Digital Control Troubleshooting
1
ON
From Upper Left
2
3
4
5
ON ON ON ON
6
ON
7
8
ON OFF
d. Turn the analyzer power on.
e. Check the A1 LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8-6.
Table 8-6. A1 DRAM Test Status
A1 LED DS2
A1 LED DS3
Test Status
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
Testing
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Pass
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
R/W Test Fail
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
Adrs Test Fail
1
1
4
0
0
0
0
0: OFF, 1: ON. When the test completes, LED(s) marked \1" ash at intervals of about 1
second.
f. Restore the A1SW1 to the original settings.
g. If this test fails, replace the A1 CPU.
A1 Instruction Flash Memory Test
The A1 Instruction Flash Memory test performs device check, erase test, and R/W test.
Perform the following procedure to verify the A1 Instruction Flash Memories using the A1 On
Board Test Mode.
a. Turn the analyzer power o.
b. Remove the outer cover of the analyzer.
c. Set the A1 switch (A1SW1) as shown in Table 8-7.
Table 8-7. A1 Instruction Flash Memory Test Switch Settings
A1 Switch
A1SW1
From Upper Left
1
2
3
4
5
ON OFF ON ON ON
6
ON
7
8
ON OFF
d. Turn the analyzer power on.
e. Check the A1 LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8-8.
Note
It takes about 5 minutes to complete the A1 Instruction Flash Memory Test.
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-17
Table 8-8. A1 Instruction Flash Memory Test Status
Test Status
Testing
Pass
Illegal Device
Erase Fail
R/W Fail
1
1
A1 LED DS2
1
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
0
0
A1 LED DS3
1
2
3
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0: OFF, 1: ON. When the test completes, LED(s) marked \1" ash at intervals of about 1
second.
f. Restore the A1SW1 to the original settings.
g. If this test fails, replace the A1 CPU.
A1 Peripheral IC -1 Test
The A1 Peripheral IC -1 Test performs 9914 test, 87312 test, and RTC test. Perform the
following procedure to verify the A1 Peripheral IC -1 using the A1 On Board Test Mode.
a. Turn the analyzer power o.
b. Remove the outer cover of the analyzer.
c. Set the A1 switch (A1SW1) as shown in Table 8-9.
Table 8-9. A1 Peripheral IC -1 Test Switch Settings
A1 Switch
A1SW1
From Upper Left
1
2
3
4
5
OFF OFF ON ON ON
6
ON
7
8
ON OFF
d. Turn the analyzer power on.
e. Check the A1 LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8-10.
Table 8-10. A1 Peripheral IC -1 Test Status
Test Status
Testing
Pass
9914 Fail
87312 Fail
RTC Fail
1
1
A1 LED DS2
1
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
4
0
0
0
0
0
A1 LED DS3
1
2
3
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0: OFF, 1: ON, -: Indeterminate. When the test completes, LED(s) marked \1" ash at
intervals of about 1 second.
f. Restore the A1SW1 to the original settings.
g. If this test fails, replace the A1 CPU.
8-18 Digital Control Troubleshooting
A1 SRAM Test
The A1 SRAM Test performs R/W test. Perform the following procedure to verify the A1 SRAM
using the A1 On Board Test Mode.
a. Turn the analyzer power o.
b. Remove the outer cover of the analyzer.
c. Set the A1 switch (A1SW1) as shown in Table 8-11.
Table 8-11. A1 SRAM Test Switch Settings
A1 Switch
A1SW1
1
ON
From Upper Left
2
3
4
5
ON OFF ON ON
6
ON
7
8
ON OFF
d. Turn the analyzer power on.
e. Check the A1 LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8-12.
Table 8-12. A1 SRAM Test Status
A1 LED DS2
A1 LED DS3
Test Status
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
Testing
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Pass
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Fail
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
4
0
0
0
0: OFF, 1: ON. When the test completes, LED(s) marked \1" ash at intervals of about 1
second.
f. Restore the A1SW1 to the original settings.
g. If this test fails, replace the A1 CPU.
A1 Storage Flash Memory Test
The A1 Storage Flash Memory Test performs device check, erase test, and R/W test. Perform
the following procedure to verify the A1 Strage Flash Memory using the A1 On Board Test
Mode.
a. Turn the analyzer power o.
b. Remove the outer cover of the analyzer.
c. Set the A1 switch (A1SW1) as shown in Table 8-13.
Table 8-13. A1 Storage Flash Memory Test Switch Settings
A1 Switch
A1SW1
1
OFF
From Upper Left
2
3
4
5
ON OFF ON ON
6
ON
7
8
ON OFF
d. Turn the analyzer power on.
e. Check the A1 LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8-14.
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-19
Table 8-14. A1 Storage Flash Memory Test Status
Test Status
Testing
Pass
Illegal Device
Erase Fail
R/W Fail
1
1
A1 LED DS2
1
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
4
0
0
0
0
0
A1 LED DS3
1
2
3
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
4
0
0
0
0
0
0: OFF, 1: ON. When the test completes, LED(s) marked \1" ash at intervals of about 1
second.
f. Restore the A1SW1 to the original settings.
g. If this test fails, replace the A1 CPU.
A1 Peripheral IC -2 Test
The A1 Peripheral IC -2 Test performs DIN test. Perform the following procedure to verify the
A1 Peripheral IC -2 (DIN) using the A1 On Board Test Mode.
a. Turn the analyzer power o.
b. Remove the outer cover of the analyzer.
c. Set the A1 switch (A1SW1) as shown in Table 8-15.
Table 8-15. A1 Peripheral IC -2 Test Switch Settings
A1 Switch
A1SW1
From Upper Left
1
2
3
4
5
ON OFF OFF ON ON
6
ON
7
8
ON OFF
d. Turn the analyzer power on.
e. Check the A1 LED DS2 and DS3 in accordance with Table 8-16.
Table 8-16. A1 Peripheral IC -2 Test Status
Test Status
Testing
Pass
DIN Fail
1
1
A1 LED DS2
1
2
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
4
0
0
0
A1 LED DS3
1
2
3
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
4
0
0
0
0: OFF, 1: ON. When the test completes, LED(s) marked \1" ash at intervals of about 1
second.
f. Restore the A1SW1 to the original settings.
g. If this test fails, replace the A1 CPU.
8-20 Digital Control Troubleshooting
4. Check the A43/44/45/46 I/O Port
This test checks the I/O Port function. This test requires the I/O Port Test Kit (Agilent Part
Number E5100-65001).
Test Procedure:
a. Turn the E5100A/B OFF.
b. Remove the outer cover of the E5100A/B.
c. Remove the 40 pin at cable (Agilent Part Number 04396-61662) from the 24 bit I/O board
(Agilent Part Number E5100-66543, -66544, -66545, or -66546) in the E5100A/B.
d. Connect the 40 pin at cable which is removed from the 24 bit I/O board to the I/O test
board (J1 A20).
e. Connect the I/O test board (J2 A43/44/45/46) and the 24 bit I/O board with 40 pin at cable
included in the test kit.
f. Connect the 24 bit I/O port and I/O test board (J3 A43, J4 A44, J5 A45, or J6 A46) with
D-SUB 15 pin cable or 36 pin cable.
g. Turn the E5100A/B ON.
h. Press 4
5, MORE , SERVICE MENU , 24 BIT I/O TEST
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
System
i. Conrm that PASS is appeared on the LCD display.
Table 8-17. I/O Test Connection
E5100A/B
Connection
Used Cable
I/O Test Board
Connection
A20 Mother Board
40 pin Flat Cable
J1 A20
I/O Board (inside)
40 pin Flat Cable
J1 A43/44/45/46
Agilent P/N E5100-66543
D-SUB 15 pin Cable
J3 A43
Agilent P/N E5100-66544
D-SUB 15 pin Cable
J4 A44
Agilent P/N E5100-66545
36 pin Cable
J5 A45
Agilent P/N E5100-66546
D-SUB 15 pin Cable
J6 A46
I/O Board
j. If the test fails, replace the A43/44/45/46 Board.
Digital Control Troubleshooting
8-21
9
Source Group Troubleshooting
Introduction
Use these procedures only if you have read the Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting chapter
and you believe the problem is in the source group.
This procedure is designed to let you identify the bad assembly within the source group in the
shortest possible time. Whenever an assembly is replaced in this procedure, refer to Post Repair
Procedures in the Post-Repair Procedures chapter.
The source group consists of the following assemblies:
A27 Synthesizer
A24 Source
A25 RF Amplier (Opt.010/600)
A28 Source Switch (Opt.003)
A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5)
Note
Make sure all of the assemblies listed above are rmly seated before performing
the procedures in this chapter.
Allow the analyzer to warm up for at least 30 minutes before you perform any
procedure in this chapter.
Source Group Troubleshooting
9-1
Source Group Troubleshooting Summary
This overview summarizes the sequence of checks included in this chapter. Experienced
technicians may save time by following this summary instead of reading the entire procedure.
Headings in this summary match the headings in the procedure.
Start Here
1. Run internal self-test 13. If the test fails, check the A27 Synthesizer is correctly installed.
2. Run internal self-test 14. If the test fails, check the A24 Source is correctly installed.
3. If Opt.010/600 is installed, run internal self-test 15. If the test fails, check the A25 RF
Amplier (Opt.010/600) is correctly installed.
4. Run internal self-test 17. If the test fails, check the A28 Source Switch (Opt.003), A29 50/1M
Switch (Opt.101/301), A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5) are correctly installed. (See
Board Conguration)
5. Run internal self-tests 21 through 31. If one or more of those tests fail, replace the A24
Source.
6. If Opt.010/600 is installed, run internal self-test 32. If the test fails, replace the A25 RF
Amplier (Opt.010/600).
7. Run internal self-tests 81 through 98. If one or more of those tests fail, replace the A27
Synthesizer.
Check A27 Synthesizer Outputs
1. Check the INT REF signal. If it is bad, replace A27.
2. Check the EXT REF operation. If it is bad, replace A27.
Check A50 High Stability Oscillator (Option 1D5)
Check the REF OVEN signal. If it is bad, replace A50.
9-2 Source Group Troubleshooting
Start Here
The following procedure veries the operation of each assembly in the source group by using
the E5100A/B's self-test functions (internal tests). For detailed information about the self-test
functions, see the Service Key Menus.
Perform the following steps to troubleshoot the source group:
1. Press 4
5 4
5 MORE SERVICE MENU INTERNAL TESTS 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run
self-test 13: A27 ID.
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is incorrectly installed.
Check the board installation and cables.
2. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 14: A24 ID.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Preset
13
System
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
14
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is incorrectly installed. See the
Board Conguration chapter.
3. If Opt.010/600 is installed, press 4
5
15
21
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 15: A25 ID.
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A25 RF Amplier is incorrectly installed. See
the Board Conguration chapter.
4. Press 4
5
17
21
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 17: A28/29/50 Source Port ID.
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A28 Source Switch (Opt.003), A29 50/1M Switch (Opt.101/301), A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5) are correctly installed. See
the Board Conguration chapter.
5. Press 4
5
21
21
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 21: A24 DCBUS +11.6V.
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
6. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 22: A24 DCBUS +5VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
22
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
7. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 23: A24 DCBUS 09V.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
23
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
8. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 24: A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT1.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
24
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
9. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 25: A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT2.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
25
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
10. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 26: A24 DCBUS VNR VOLT3.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
26
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
11. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 27: A24 DCBUS CONST VOLT.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
27
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
Source Group Troubleshooting
9-3
12. Press 4
5
28
21
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 28: A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT1.
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
13. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 29: A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT2.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
29
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
14. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 30: A24 DCBUS DAC VOLT3.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
30
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
15. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 31: A24 DCBUS 1ST LOCAL.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
31
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A24 Source is a faulty board. Replace the
A24.
16. If Opt.010/600 is installed, press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 32: A25
DCBUS +15V.
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A25 RF Amplier is a faulty board. Replace
the A25.
17. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 81: A27 DCBUS +13V.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
32
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
81
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
18. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 82: A27 DCBUS +5V.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
82
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
19. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 83: A27 DCBUS 012V.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
83
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
20. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 84: A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ1.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
84
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
21. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 85: A27 DCBUS 40MHZ VCXO ADJ2.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
85
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
22. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 86: A27 FBUS 100KHZ.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
86
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
23. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 87: A27 FBUS VCO 10KHZ.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
87
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
24. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 88: A27 FBUS VCO 10KHZ INTG.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
88
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
25. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 89: A27 FBUS VCO 10KHZ CNTL.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
89
9-4 Source Group Troubleshooting
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
26. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 90: A27 FBUS VCO 100MHZ.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
90
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
27. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 91: A27 FBUS VCO 100MHZ INTG.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
91
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
28. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 92: A27 FBUS VCO 100MHZ CNTL.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
92
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
29. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 93: A27 FBUS VCO 200MHZ.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
93
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
30. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 94: A27 FBUS VCO 200MHZ INTG.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
94
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
31. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 95: A27 FBUS VCO 200MHZ CNTL.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
95
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
32. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 96: A27 FBUS VCO 300MHZ.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
96
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
33. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 97: A27 FBUS VCO 300MHZ INTG.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
97
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
34. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 98: A27 FBUS VCO 300MHZ CNTL.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
98
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A27 Synthesizer is a faulty board. Replace the
A27.
If all the tests listed above pass and you still believe that the problem is in the source group,
verify the outputs of each assembly in the source group. The procedures to do this are
provided in the following sections.
Source Group Troubleshooting
9-5
Check A27 Synthesizer Output
One of the output signals from the A27 Synthesizer is INT REF signal on the rear panel. The
input signal to A27 is the external reference signal from the EXT REF connector. If the output
signal and the E5100A/B operation using the EXT REF input signal are good, A27 is probably
good.
Perform the following procedures sequentially to verify all the signals listed above and to
verify the E5100A/B operation when the EXT REF signal is used.
1. Check the INT REF Signal
a. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 9-1.
Figure 9-1. INT REF Test Setup
b. Initialize the spectrum analyzer. Then set the controls as follows:
Controls
Settings
Center Frequency
10 MHz
Span
15 MHz
Reference Level
10 dBm
5 to move the marker to the peak of the INT
c. On the spectrum analyzer, press 4
REF signal.
d. Check that the frequency is approximately 10 MHz and the level is +2 dBm 6 4 dB. The INT
REF signal should be as shown in Figure 9-2.
If the INT REF signal is good, continue with 3. Check the FRAC N OSC Signal.
If the INT REF signal is bad, inspect the cable and connections between the INT REF
connector and A27J10. If the cable and connections are good, replace A27.
PEAK SEARCH
9-6 Source Group Troubleshooting
Figure 9-2. Typical INT REF Signal
Source Group Troubleshooting
9-7
2. Check the EXT REF Operation
When an external reference signal (10 MHz, 0 dBm) is applied to the EXT REF input connector
on the rear panel, the message \External Reference" appears for about 3 seconds on the
display. When the external reference signal is removed, nothing happens.
Perform the following steps to verify the operation of the EXT REF input:
a. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 9-3. Then check that the \External Reference"
message appears on the display. If Option 1D5 is installed in the E5100A/B, connect the
cable between the EXT REF Input connector and REF OVEN (Opt.1D5) connector.
If the \External Reference" message appears correctly, the EXT REF circuit probably
working. At this point, the A27 synthesizer is veried.
If the \External Reference" message does not appear, inspect the cable \I" and
connections between the EXT REF input connector and A27J2. If the cable and
connections are good, the most probable faulty assembly is A27. Replace A27.
Figure 9-3. EXT REF Test Setup
9-8 Source Group Troubleshooting
Check the A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5)
Perform the following procedure to verify the A50 High Stability Oscillator:
Observe the REF OVEN signal on the rear panel using a spectrum analyzer. Check that the
frequency is 10 MHz and the level is approximately 0 dBm.
If the signal is good, the A50 High Stability Oscillator is veried.
If the signal is bad, inspect the cable and connections between A50 and REF OVEN. If the
cable and connections are good, replace the A50 High Stability Oscillator.
Source Group Troubleshooting
9-9
10
Receiver Group Troubleshooting
Introduction
Use these procedures only if you have read the Isolate Faulty Group Troubleshooting chapter,
and you believe the problem is in the receiver group.
These procedures are designed to let you identify the bad assembly within the receiver group
in the shortest possible time. Whenever an assembly is replaced in this procedure, refer to the
Post Repair Procedures chapter in this manual.
The procedures isolate the faulty assembly by using the E5100A/B self-test functions (internal
tests).
The receiver group consists of the following assemblies:
A26R Receiver (Opt.200/300/400)
A26A Receiver (Opt.100/200/300/400)
A26B Receiver (Opt.300/400)
A26C Receiver (Opt.400)
A29 50/1M Switch (Opt.101/301)
Note
Make sure all of the assemblies listed above are rmly seated before performing
the procedures in this chapter.
Allow the analyzer to warm up for at least 30 minutes before you perform any
procedure in this chapter.
Receiver Group Troubleshooting 10-1
Receiver Group Troubleshooting Summary
This overview summarizes the sequence of checks included in this chapter. Experienced
technicians may save time by following the summary instead of reading the entire procedure.
Headings in this summary match the headings in the procedure.
Start Here
1. Run internal self-test 16. If the test fails, check if the A26R/A/B/C Receivers are correctly
installed.
2. Run internal self-test 17. If the test fails, check the A28 Source Switch (Opt.003), A29 50/1M
Switch (Opt.101/301), A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5) are correctly installed. (See
Board Conguration)
3. Run internal self-tests 41 through 48. If one (or more) of those tests fails, replace A26A.
4. Run internal self-tests 51 through 58. If one (or more) of those tests fails, replace A26R.
5. Run internal self-tests 61 through 68. If one (or more) of those tests fails, replace A26B.
6. Run internal self-tests 71 through 78. If one (or more) of those tests fails, replace A26C.
10-2 Receiver Group Troubleshooting
Start Here
The following procedures verify the operation of each assembly in the receiver group by using
the E5100A/B self-test functions (internal tests). For detailed information about the self-test
functions, see the Service Key Menus.
Perform the following procedures sequentially to troubleshoot the receiver.
1. Press 4
5 4
5 MORE SERVICE MENU INTERNAL TEST 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run
internal test 16: A26 ID.
If the test fails, there is a possibility that some of the A26R, A26A, A26B, and A26C are
incorrectly installed.
2. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 17: A28/29/50 Source Port ID.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
Preset
System
16
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
17
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A28 Source Switch (Opt.003), A29 50/1M Switch (Opt.101/301), A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5) are correctly installed. See
the Board Conguration chapter.
3. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 41: A26A DCBUS +12VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
41
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26A.
4. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 42: A26A DCBUS +12VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
42
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26A.
5. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 43: A26A DCBUS +5VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
43
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26A.
6. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 44: A26A DCBUS +5VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
44
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26A.
7. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 45: A26A DCBUS 05V.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
45
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26A.
8. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 46: A26A DCBUS 012VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
46
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26A.
9. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 47: A26A DCBUS 012VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
47
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26A.
10. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 48: A26A DCBUS ADC REF VOLT.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
48
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26A Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26A.
11. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 51: A26R DCBUS +12VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
51
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26R.
12. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 52: A26R DCBUS +12VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
52
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26R.
13. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 53: A26R DCBUS +5VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
53
Receiver Group Troubleshooting 10-3
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26R.
14. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 54: A26R DCBUS +5VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
54
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26R.
15. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 55: A26R DCBUS 05V.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
55
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26R.
16. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 56: A26R DCBUS 012VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
56
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26R.
17. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 57: A26R DCBUS 012VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
57
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26R.
18. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 58: A26R DCBUS ADC REF VOLT.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
58
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26R Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26R.
19. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 61: A26B DCBUS +12VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
61
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26B.
20. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 62: A26B DCBUS +12VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
62
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26B.
21. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 63: A26B DCBUS +5VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
63
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26B.
22. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 64: A26B DCBUS +5VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
64
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26B.
23. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 65: A26B DCBUS 05V.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
65
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26B.
24. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 66: A26B DCBUS 012VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
66
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26B.
25. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 67: A26B DCBUS 012VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
67
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26B.
26. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 68: A26B DCBUS ADC REF VOLT.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
68
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26B Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26B.
27. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 71: A26C DCBUS +12VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
71
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26C.
28. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 72: A26C DCBUS +12VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
72
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26C.
10-4 Receiver Group Troubleshooting
29. Press 4
5
73
21
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 73: A26C DCBUS +5VA.
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26C.
30. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 74: A26C DCBUS +5VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
74
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26C.
31. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 75: A26C DCBUS 05V.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
75
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26C.
32. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 76: A26C DCBUS 012VA.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
76
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26C.
33. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 77: A26C DCBUS 012VB.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
77
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26C.
34. Press 4 5 21 EXECUTE TEST to run internal test 78: A26C DCBUS ADC REF VOLT.
NNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
78
If the test fails, there is a possibility that the A26C Receiver is a faulty board. Replace the
A26C.
Receiver Group Troubleshooting 10-5
11
Accessories Troubleshooting
Introduction
Use these procedures only if you have followed the troubleshooting procedures and believe the
problem is one of the accessories. Recongure the system as it is normally used and reconrm
the measurement problem. The measurement problem must be caused by a failure outside of
the analyzer (that is, by one of the accessories).
Suspect the following typical problems:
Operation Errors (for example, improper calibration techniques)
Faulty Accessories (for example, damaged adapters and RF cables, a faulty power splitter, or
T/R test set)
This chapter consists of the following procedures. Perform these procedures sequentially.
Verify Operations
Inspect Connectors
Inspect Accessories
Accessories Troubleshooting 11-1
Verify Operations
The measurement problem can be caused by improper operation. Conrm that all operations,
connections and control settings, etc., are properly made during the measurement. An example
of the typical operation errors are shown in the following paragraph.
Using 75 Connectors with 50 Connectors
Do not use 50 connectors with 75 connectors; their center conductors are dierent
diameters. Using a 50 male connector with a 75 female connector will destroy the female
connector.
Inspect the Connectors
Check the physical condition of the analyzer front-panel connectors, and the test set
connectors.
Inspect the front panel connectors on the analyzer. Check for bent or broken center pins and
loose connector bulkheads.
11-2 Accessories Troubleshooting
Inspect the Accessories
Measurement problems can be caused by faulty accessories or faulty devices between the
accessories and the analyzer. For example, the RF cables, the probe power connector, and the
interconnect cable can cause problems.
Some recommended accessories used with the analyzer are listed below.
Active Probes (for example, the 41800A Active Probe).
Power Splitter (for example, the 11850C/D Three-way Power Splitter).
Inspect the cables for any damage. Verify the probe power connector. Then inspect and verify
the accessories that are used in the measurement.
Verify the Probe Power
Perform the following procedure to verify the front-panel probe power connector:
1. Turn the analyzer power o.
2. Remove the power cable of the accessory from the probe power connector.
3. Turn the analyzer power on.
4. Measure the power voltages (+15 V and -12.6 V) at the probe power connector using a
voltmeter with a small probe. See Figure 11-1 for the voltages and pins on the probe power
connector.
If the voltages are within the limits, the analyzer's probe power is veried. Suspect a
faulty accessory. Verify the accessory used in the measurement problem in accordance
with its manual.
If the voltages are out of the limits, see the Power Supply Troubleshooting chapter in this
manual to troubleshoot the power lines (+15 V(AUX) and -12.6 V) of the probe power.
Figure 11-1. Probe Power Connector Voltages
Accessories Troubleshooting 11-3
12
Service Key Menus
Introduction
The service key menus are used to test, verify, and troubleshoot the analyzer. They are also
used to install and update the rmware in the analyzer.
The service key menus consist of several menus that are accessed through the service menu
and the Bootloader menu.
5 MORE SERVICE MENU .
The service menu is displayed by pressing 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
System
5
The Bootloader menu is displayed by turning the analyzer power on while pressing 4
and 4 5.
The service key menus allow you to perform the following functions:
Select and execute a built-in diagnostic test. The analyzer has 69 built-in diagnostic tests. For
detailed information, see the Tests Menu in this chapter.
Display the rmware revision. See the Service Menu in this chapter.
Install and update the rmware in the analyzer. For detailed information, see the Bootloader
Menu in this chapter.
Preset
0
Service Key Menus 12-1
Service Menu
The service menu is used to select and execute internal tests, to test the 24 bit I/O,and to
5 MORE
display the rmware revision information. To display the service menu, press 4
SERVICE MENU . Each softkey in the service menu is described below.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
System
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
INTERNAL TESTS
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
Selects the rst internal test 10: ALL INTERNAL TESTS and allows you to enter the test number.
For more information about the internal tests, see the Internal Tests later in this chapter.
EXECUTE TEST
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
Runs the selected test.
24BIT I/O TEST
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
Executes 24 bit I/O test. For more information about the 24 bit I/O test, see the 24 Bit I/O Test
later in this chapter.
FIRMWARE REVISION
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
Displays the current rmware revision information. The number and implementation date
appear in the active entry area of the display as shown below. Another way to display the
rmware information is to cycle the analyzer power (o then on).
d
E5100A REVN.NN: MON DD YEAR
where N.NN:
MON DD YEAR
12-2 Service Key Menus
Revision Number
Implementation Date (Month Day Year)
a
Internal Tests
The tests menu is used to select and execute one of the 69 built-in diagnostic tests. More
information about the diagnostic tests is provided in the Diagnostic Tests later in this section.
5 MORE SERVICE MENU INTERNAL TESTS .
To display the tests menu, press 4
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
System
When entering the tests menu, internal test 10: ALL INTERNAL TESTS is selected as the
default test. The test number is displayed in the active entry area of the display.
The diagnostic tests are numbered from 10 to 98. To select a test, enter the desired test
number using the numeric keypad.
Note
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
After executing a test by pressing EXECUTE TEST , an annotation (!) is
displayed to indicate any tests executed and the analyzer settings changed
to the test settings. To return the analyzer to normal operation, cycle the
analyzer power (o then on).
5 does not return the analyzer to the normal operation.
To press 4
While any test is being executed, do not change the analyzer setting using
the front-panel keys, the GPIB, or the I-BASIC program . If the setting is
changed during test execution, the test result and the analyzer operation are
undened.
Preset
Internal Tests
The analyzer has 69 built-in internal self-tests. These tests are completely internal and
self-evaluating. They do not require external connections or user interaction.
The analyzer performs the power on self-test every time the power on sequence occurs (when
the analyzer is turned on). These tests are used to test, verify, and troubleshoot the analyzer.
The power on self-test consists of internal tests 13 through 23, 26, 27, 30 through 57, 61
through 67, 71 through 77, 81 thorugh 83, 85 through 87, 89, 96, and 98. They are executed
in the listed order. If any of the tests fail, that test displays a \(-330) Self-test failed,
No.xx" message at the end of the power on sequence.
Service Key Menus 12-3
BOOTLOADER MENU
5 and 4 5. The
To display the bootloader menu, turning the analyzer on with pressing 4
Bootloader menu is used to install the rmware into the analyzer using a rmware diskette and
the built-in FDD.
Preset
0
FIRMWARE UPDATE - OK
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWW
Allows you to install and update the rmware in the analyzer. After pressing
FIRMWARE UPDATE softkey, OK softky appear on the display. Before pressing the OK softkey,
insert the rmware diskette into the FDD on the front panel. Then press this softkey to install
the rmware from the diskette to the analyzer. The detailed procedure is provided in the
Firmware Installation in the Post Repair Procedures chapter.
NNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
FIRWARE UPDATE - FIRMWARE VERSION
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
Displays the revision information of the rmware stored in the rmware diskette as shown
below. Before pressing this softkey, insert a rmware diskette into the FDD on the front panel.
d
E5100A/B REVN.NN : MON DD YEAR
where N.NN:
MON DD YEAR:
a
Revision Number
Implementation Date (Month Day Year)
REBOOT
WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW
Reboots the analyzer. (If the new rmware is installed, the analyzer automatically boots up.)
After pressing the softkey, the analyzer performs the normal power on sequence.
12-4 Service Key Menus
13
Theory of Operation
Theory of Operation begins with a general description of the operation of an analyzer system.
This is followed by a more detailed operating theory for the analyzer itself, divided into
functional groups.
Each functional group consists of a number of assemblies that combine to perform one of
the basic instrument functions. These groups are power supplies, digital control, source, and
receiver. The operation of each group is described briey, to the assembly level only. Detailed
component-level circuit theory is not provided here.
Simplied block diagrams illustrate the operation of each functional group.
System Theory
A network analyzer system consists of a source, signal separation devices (a power splitter, T/R
test kit, etc.), receivers for measurement, and display of test device characteristics. Figure 13-1
is a simplied block diagram of the network analyzer system.
Figure 13-1. Simplied System Block Diagram
The built-in synthesized source generates a CW (continuous wave) or swept RF signal in the
range of 10 kHz to 300 MHz (180 MHz for Opt.118/218/318). The RF output power is leveled to
a maximum level of +11 dBm.
Theory of Operation 13-1
The signal separation device in a network analyzer system is the built-in power splitter
(Opt.002), the 11667A power splitter, or the 87512A/B transmission/reection test kit.
The source RF signal goes through the signal separation device to the device under test. The
signal transmitted through the device (or reected from its input) is applied to the A and/or B
and/or C inputs of the receiver and compared with the incident signal at input R.
The receiver consists of four assemblies for R, A, B, and C inputs (Opt.400). Each receiver
assembly converts the RF input frequency to an intermediate frequency for signal processing,
and converts to the digital signal using the ADC (Analog-Digital Converter). Then the
digitalized raw data is transferred to the digital circuit section.
The raw data are then processed. The processed and formatted data is nally routed to the
LCD for display, and to GPIB remote operation.
Analyzer Functional Groups
The operation of the analyzer is most logically described in four functional groups. Each group
consists of several major assemblies, and performs a distinct function in the instrument. Some
assemblies are related to more than one group, and in fact all the groups are to some extent
interrelated and aect each other's performance.
Power Supply: The power supply functional group consists of the 130W power supply and the
30W power supply. It supplies power to the other assemblies in the instrument.
Digital Control: The digital control group consists of the A1 CPU, A2 Peripheral (including
Graphics System Processor for display), A3 DSP (Digital Signal Processor), A40 Front Keyboard,
A41 Rear Board, A42 Rear Board, A43/44/45/46 I/O Port, LCD Display Assembly, and FDD
(Flexible Disk Drive). These assemblies combine to provide digital control for the analyzer.
Source: The source group consists of the A27 Synthesizer, A24 Source, A25 RF Amplier
(Opt.010/600), A28 Source Switch (Opt.003), and A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5). The
source supplies a phase-locked RF signal to the device under test.
Receiver: The receiver group consists of the A26R/A/B/C receiver assemblies. The receiver
measures and processes input signals for display.
The following pages describe the operation of the functional groups.
Power Supply Theory
The power supply functional group consists of the PS 130W Power Supply and the PS 30W
Power Supply. These two assemblies provide regulated DC voltages to power all assemblies in
the E5100A/B. Figure 13-2 is a simplied block diagram of the power supply group.
13-2 Theory of Operation
Figure 13-2. Power Supply Simplied Block Diagram
Theory of Operation 13-3
PS 130W Power Supply
The PS 130W Power Supply steps down and recties the line voltage. It provides fully
regulated +5V digital supply and +15V, 015V, +24V analog supplies.
Regulated +5VD, +15VA, 015VA, +24VA Supplies
The +5VD, +15VA, 015VA, +25VA supplies are regulated by the control loop in the PS 130W
Power Supply. They go directly to the motherboard, and from there to all assemblies requiring
a digital supply (+5V) and/or analog supplies (+15V, 015V, and +24V).
Shutdown Circuit
The shut down circuit for the PS 130W Power Supply is triggered by overcurrent, overvoltage,
or cooling fan stop. When the cooling fan stops due to some failure, A41 Rear Board detects it
through Fan Sense signal from the fan and turn o the Shut Down voltage (+5V) which goes to
the PS 130W Power Supply.
Shutdown function including the Fan Sense circuit protects the instrument by causing the
regulated voltage supplies to be shut down. The output voltages from the PS 30W Power
Supply are not shut down when the PS 130W Power Supply is shut down.
PS 30W Power Supply
The PS 30W Power Supply also steps down and recties the line voltage. It provides fully
regulated +5V, +12V, 012V analog supplies.
Regulated +5VA, +12VA, 012VA Supplies
The +5VA, +12VA, 012VA supplies are regulated by the control loop in the PS 30W Power
Supply. They go directly to the motherboard, and from there to all assemblies requiring analog
supplies (+5VA, 012VA, and 012VA).
Shutdown Circuit
The shut down circuit is triggered by overcurrent and overvoltage of the PS 30W Power Supply
output. It protects the instrument by causing the regulated voltage supplies to be shut down.
The output voltages from the PS 130W Power Supply are also shut down when the PS 30W
Power Supply is shut down because the A41 Rear Board does not receive required power
supply from the PS 30W and does not supply the Shut Down voltage (+5V) to the PS 130W
Power Supply.
DC Fan Power
The fan power (+24 V) is derived from the A41 Rear Board. If the fan is stopped, the shut
down circuit is activated.
Display Power
The A41 Rear Board supplies +12 V to the backlight module of the LCD display.
Probe Power
The A41 Rear Board supplies +15 V and -12.6 V to provide a power source at the front panel
for an external RF probe.
13-4 Theory of Operation
Line Power Module
The line power module includes the line power switch and the main fuse. The main fuse,
which protects the input side of the two power supplies against drawing too much line current,
is also accessible at the rear panel.
Theory of Operation 13-5
Digital Control Theory
The digital control functional group consists of the following assemblies:
A1 CPU
A2 Peripheral
A3 DSP
A40 Front Keyboard
A41 Rear Board
A42 Rear Board
A43/44/45/46 I/O Port
LCD Display
FDD
These assemblies combine to provide digital control for the analyzer. They provide math
processing functions, as well as communications between the analyzer and an external
controller and/or pheriperals. Figure 13-3 is a simplied block diagram of the digital control
functional group.
13-6 Theory of Operation
Figure 13-3. Digital Section Block Diagram
Theory of Operation 13-7
A1 CPU
The A1 CPU consists of the CPU (central processing unit) core, memory storages, and I/O
control. The CPU core is the master controller for the analyzer, including the other dedicated
microprocessors. The memory includes boot ROMs, instruction ash memories, DRAMs, strage
ash memories, SRAMs, and SIMM(single inline memory module). I/O control includes the
functions of GPIB, real time clock, keybord interface, FDD interface, and printer interface.
The A1 CPU has a backup memory RAM with a large capacitor.
A2 Peripheral
The A2 Peripheral assembly consists of the peripheral I/O controls (front panel interface, audio
interface, 24 bit I/O) and the GSP (graphics system processor) which provides an interface
between the A1 CPU and the LCD Display.
A40 Front Keyboard
The A40 Front Keyboard assembly detects and decodes user inputs from the front panel and
the RPG, and transmits them to the A2 Peripheral I/O control Assembly.
LCD Display
There are two types of LCD display for the E5100A/B, a monochrome LCD and a color LCD
(TFT).
FDD
The E5100A/B has a built-in FDD (Flexible Disk Drive) on the front panel. It has a 3-1/2 inch
slot, and uses a 2 high density 3-1/2 inch exible disk. FDD stores/retrieves a data to/from a
le on a disk.
13-8 Theory of Operation
Source Theory
The source group generates a stable and accurate RF output signal, which is a CW or swept
signal between 10 kHz to 300 MHz (180 MHz for Opt.118/218/318), with a power level from
09 dBm to +11 dBm (Opt.001). Also the source group generates the local (LO) signals for the
receivers (A26R/A/B/C).
The source functional group consists of the individual assemblies described below.
A27 Synthesizer
The A27 synthesizer provides a 40 MHz reference frequency, a 40 MHz 0 IF/12 reference
frequency, a FRAC N OSC signal, and an INT REF signal.
The 40 MHz reference signal is supplied to the A24 Source and used to generate RF reference
signal (480 MHz). The 40 MHz 0 IF/12 reference frequency is supplied to the A24 Source and
used to generate LO reference frequency (480 MHz 0 IF). The FRAC N OSC signal is supplied to
the A24 Source and used to generate the RF output signal and local oscillator signal.
The A27 Synthesizer consists of the following circuits:
REF OSC (Reference Oscillator)
FRAC N OSC (Fractional N Oscillator)
LO PLL Synthesizer (Local PLL Synthesizer)
REF OSC
The REF OSC generates a stable reference frequency of 40 MHz.
The 40 MHz reference signal is supplied to the FRAC N OSC and LO PLL Synthesizer in the A27
and to the RF Reference in the A24 Source. The 40 MHz reference signal is divided by 4 on the
way to the FRAC N OSC. This 10 MHz reference frequency is routed to the INT REF Output
connector on the rear panel.
When a 10 MHz external reference signal is applied to the EXT REF Input connector on the
rear panel, the REF OSC output signals are phase locked to the external reference signal.
The REF OSC is a phase locked oscillator and contains a 40 MHz VCXO and a phase detector.
When the 10 MHz external reference signal is applied to the EXT REF Input connector on the
rear panel, it is compared with the VCXO frequency (Fvcxo) divided by 4. Phase locking imposes
the condition of 10 MHz = Fvcxo/4. Therefore, the output frequency (Fvcxo) is locked to 40
MHz.
A detector circuit detects the external reference input signal and sends the status to the A1
CPU. Then the A1 CPU displays a message (External Reference) on the LCD display.
FRAC N OSC
The FRAC N OSC (Fractional N Oscillator) generates a swept signal of 480 MHz to 780 MHz with
a high frequency resolution. The signal is supplied to the RF Reference and Local Reference in
the A24 Source. The Local Reference signal is used to generate the swept local oscillator signal.
The FRAC N OSC is a phase locked oscillator. The output signal is phase locked to the 40 MHz
reference signal of the REF OSC.
LO PLL Synthesizer
The LO PLL Synthesizer provides the 40 MHz 0 IF/12 reference frequency to the A24 Source.
This output signal is multiplied by 12 (232222) on the A24 Source to generate a local reference
signal (480 MHz 0 IF). The local reference signal is mixed with the Fractional-N PLL output
signal for making a local signal.
Theory of Operation 13-9
A24 Source
The source assembly consists of multipliers, an RF Mixer, and a LO Mixer.
Multipliers (23, 22, 22)
The multipliers for RF reference signal receives the 40 MHz reference signal and generate a 480
MHz RF reference signal. This signal is supplied to RF Mixer and is used to generate the RF
OUTPUT signal (10 kHz to 300 MHz). The multipliers for LO reference signal receives the 40
MHz 0 IF/12 reference signal and generates a 480 MHz 0 IF signal. This signal is supplied to LO
Mixer and is used to generate the local oscillator signal.
RF Mixer. The RF Mixer mixes the RF reference signal (480 MHz) with the high resolution
wide band signal from A27 Fractional-N PLL, and outputs RF OUTPUT signal (10 kHz to 300
MHz).
LO Mixer. The LO Mixer mixes the LO reference signal (480 MHz 0 IF) with the high resolution
wide band signal from A27 Fractional-N PLL, and outputs the LOCAL signal (RF + IF: 22.5 kHz
to 300.0125 MHz).
A25 RF Amplier (Opt.010/600)
The A25 RF amplier assembly amplies the output signal from the A24 Source board (2 11
dB). Before the amplier, the input signal is attenuated by the level attenuator (0 dB to 48 dB)
for a proper output.
Source Group Operation
Figure 13-4 shows the Source Group simplied block diagram. RF reference frequency (FR :
480 MHz) is mixed with the 1 mHz resolution frequency (FR + RF : 480.01 MHz to 780 MHz) to
output the RF OUTPUT frequency (RF: 10 kHz to 300 MHz). Also the LO reference frequency
(FR - 1st IF: 479.9875 MHz) is mixed by the 1 mHz resolution frequency (FR + RF: 480.01
MHz to 780 MHz) to output the LO frequency (RF + IF). The LO frequency is applied to the
receivers.
Figure 13-4. Source Group Simplied Block Diagram
13-10 Theory of Operation
Receiver Theory
The receiver functional group consists of the following assemblies.
A26R Input-R Receiver (Opt.200/300/400)
A26A Input-A Receiver (Opt.100/200/300/400)
A26B Input-B Receiver (Opt.300/400)
A26C Input-C Receiver (Opt.400)
A26R/A/B/C Receiver
The A26R, A26A, A26B, and A26C assemblies are identical assemblies. They down-convert the
RF input signal to a 12.5 kHz IF, with amplitude and phase corresponding to the RF input. The
IF signal is converted to the digital signal using the Analog-to-Digtal Converter. After that, the
digtal signal goes to the A3 DSP Assembly through the analog data bus.
Input Attenuator
Each assembly has the input attenuator (0 dB/25 dB) which can be set using 4
ATTENUATOR .
5
System
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNN
MORE
Theory of Operation 13-11
Figure 13-5. Source Section Block Diagram
13-12 Theory of Operation
Figure 13-6. Receiver Section Block Diagram
chapter> Replaceable Parts
Theory of Operation 13-13
Introduction
This chapter contains information for ordering replaceable parts. Analyzer replaceable parts
include major assemblies and all chassis hardware. In general, parts of major assemblies are not
included.
Replaceable Parts List
Replaceable parts tables list the following information for each part.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Agilent Technologies part number.
Part number check digit (CD).
Part quantity as shown in the corresponding gure. There may or may not be more of
the same part located elsewhere in the instrument.
Part description, using abbreviations.
A typical manufacturer of the part in a ve-digit code (refer to the Manufacture Code
List).
The manufacturer's part number.
Table 13-1. Manufacturers Code List
Mfr #
Name
Location
Zipcode
00779
06383
12881
12697
16428
28480
28520
73734
75915
76381
78189
AMP INC
PANDUIT CORP
METEX CORP
CLAROSTAT MFG CO INC
COOPER INDUSTRIES INC
AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES CO CORPORATE HQ
HEYCO MOLDED PRODUCTS
FEDERAL SCREW PRODUCTS CO
LITTELFUSE INC
3M CO
ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC SHAKEPROOF
HARRISBURG PA US
TINLEY PARK IL US
EDISON NJ US
DOVER NH US
HOUSTON TX US
PALO ALTO CA US
KENTWORTH NJ US
CHICAGO IL US
DES PLAINES IL US
ST PAUL MN US
ELGIN IL US
17111
60477
08817
03820
77210
94304
07033
60618
60016
55144
60126
13-14 Theory of Operation
Ordering Information
To order a part listed in the replaceable parts table, quote the Agilent Technologies part number
(with a check digit), indicate the quantity required, and address the order to the nearest
Agilent Technologies oce. The check digit will ensure accurate and timely processing of the
order.
To order a part that not listed in the replaceable parts table, include the instrument model
number, the description and function of the part, and the quantity of parts required. Address
to order to the nearest Agilent Technologies oce.
Direct Mail Order System
Within the USA, Agilent Technologies can supply parts through a direct mail order system.
Advantages of using this system are:
1. Direct ordering and shipment from the Agilent Technologies Parts Center in Mountain View,
California.
2. No maximum or minimum on any mail order (there is a minimum order amount for parts
ordered through a local Agilent Technologies oce when the orders require billing and
invoicing).
3. Prepaid transportation (there is a small handling charge for each order).
4. No invoices.
To provide these advantages, a check or money order must accompany each order.
Mail order forms and specic ordering information are available through your local Agilent
Technologies oce, addresses and phone numbers are located at the back of this manual.
Table 13-2. List of Reference Designators
A
B
BT
C
CP
CR
DL
DS
E
F
FL
J
K
L
M
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
assembly
motor
battery
capacitor
coupler
diode
delay line
device signaling (lamp)
misc electronic part
fuse
lter
jack
relay
inductor
meter
MP
P
Q
R
RT
S
T
TB
TP
U
V
VR
W
X
Y
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
mechanical part
plug
transistor
resistor
thermistor
switch
transformer
terminal board
test point
integrated circuit
vacuum, tube, neon bulb, photocell, etc.
voltage regulator
cable
socket
crystal
Theory of Operation 13-15
Table 13-3. List of Abbreviations
A
A.F.C.
AMPL
B.F.O
BE CU
BH
BP
BRS
BWO
CCW
CER
CMO
COEF
COM
COMP
COMPL
CONN
CP
CRT
CW
DE PC
DR
ELECT
ENCAP
EXT
F
f
FH
FIL H
FXD
G
GE
GL
GRD
H
HEX
HG
HR
Hz
IF
IMPG
INCD
INCL
INS
INT
k
LH
LIN
LK WASH
LOG
LPF
m
M
MET FLM
MET OX
MFR
MINAT
MOM
MTG
MY
n
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
amperes
automatic frequency control
amplier
beat frequency oscillator
beryllium copper
binder head
bandpass
brass
backward wave oscillator
counter-clockwise
ceramic
cabinet mount only
coecient
common
composition
complete
connector
cadmium plate
cathode-ray tube
clockwise
deposited carbon
drive
electrolytic
encapsulated
external
farads
femto
at head
llister head
xed
giga
germanium
glass
ground(ed)
henries
hexagonal
mercury
hour(s)
hertz
intermediate freq.
impregnated
incandescent
include(s)
insulation(ed)
internal
kilo
left hand
linear taper
lock washer
logarithmic taper
low pass lter
milli
meg
metal lm
metallic oxide
manufacturer
miniature
momentary
mounting
\mylar"
nano
13-16 Theory of Operation
N/C
NE
NI PL
N/O
NPO
NPN
NRFR
NSR
OBD
OH
OX
P
PC
p
PH BRZ
PHL
PIV
PNP
P/O
POLY
PORC
POS
POT
PP
PT
PWV
RECT
RF
RH
RMO
RMS
RWV
S-B
SCR
SE
SECT
SEMICON
SI
SIL
SL
SPG
SPL
SST
SR
STL
TA
TD
TGL
THD
TI
TOL
TRIM
TWT
VAR
VDCW
W/
W
WIV
WW
W/O
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
normally closed
neon
nickel plate
normally open
negative positive zero (zero temperature coecient)
negative-positive-negative
not recommended for eld replacement
not separately replaceable
order by description
oval head
oxide
peak
printed circuit
pico
phosphor bronze
Philips
peak inverse voltage
positive-negative-positive
part of
polystyrene
porcelain
position(s)
potentiometer
peak to peak
point
peak working voltage
rectier
radio frequency
round head or right hand
rack mount only
root-mean square
reverse working voltage
slow-blow
screw
selenium
section(s)
semiconductor
silicon
silver
slide
spring
special
stainless steel
split ring
steel
tantalum
time delay
toggle
thread
titanium
tolerance
trimmer
traveling wave tube
micro
variable
dc working volts
with
watts
working inverse voltage
wirewound
without
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-7. Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Theory of Operation 13-17
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Ref.
Desig.
A1
A2
A3
A24
A25
A26R
A26A
A26B
A26C
A27
PS
130W
1
Table 13-4. Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Description
Agilent Part C Qty.
Number
D
E5100-66511 0 1 CPU WITHOUT SIMM CARD
1818-5623
9 1 SIMM CARD
E5100-66502 9 1 PERIPHERAL (FOR
MONOCHROME LCD)
E5000-66502 9 1 PERIPHERAL (FOR COLOR LCD)
E5100-66593 8 1 DSP
E5100-66524 5 1 SOURCE
E5100-66525 6 1 RF AMPLIFIER (Opt.010/600)
E5100-66526 7 1 RECEIVER (Port R)
E5100-66526 7 1 RECEIVER (Port A)
E5100-66526 7 1 RECEIVER (Port B)
E5100-66526 7 1 RECEIVER (Port C)
E5100-66537 0 1 SYNTHESIZER
1 POWER SUPPLY 130W
See Table 13-5
1
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-66511
1818-5623
E5100-66502
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
E5000-66502
E5100-66593
E5100-66524
E5100-66525
E5100-66526
E5100-66526
E5100-66526
E5100-66526
E5100-69537
The old A3 DSP board (Agilent P/N E5100-66513) was replaced with this new board. This new board can be used for
any E5100A/B.
13-18 Theory of Operation
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-8. PS 130W Power Supply Assembly
Table 13-5. PS 130W Power Supply Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-65002
E5100-61632
0515-2079
1400-1391
C Qty.
Description
D
2 1 PS 130W POWER SUPPLY
6 1 WIRE ASSY LWQ130
0 4 SCR M4X8
5 1 CLAMP CABLE
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-65002
E5100-61632
0515-2079
1400-1391
Theory of Operation 13-19
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-9. A24 Board Shield Case
Ref.
Desig.
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-00632
2
E5100-00633
E5100-00652
E5100-00653
Note
Table 13-6. A24 Board Shield Case
C Qty.
Description
D
8 1 SHIELD CASE ON COMPONENT
SIDE
9 1 SHIELD CASE ON CIRCUIT SIDE
2 1 SHIELD CASE ON COMPONENT
SIDE
3 1 SHIELD CASE ON CIRCUIT SIDE
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-00632
28480
28480
E5100-00633
E5100-00652
28480
E5100-00653
The A24 board assembly (Agilent P/N E5100-66524) is furnished with the shield
cases shown in Table 13-6. Order these parts when you replace shield cases
only.
13-20 Theory of Operation
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-10. A25 Board Shield Case
Ref.
Desig.
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-00637
E5100-00657
Note
Table 13-7. A25 Board Shield Case
C Qty.
Description
D
3 1 SHIELD CASE ON COMPONENT
SIDE
7 1 SHIELD CASE ON CIRCUIT SIDE
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-00637
28480
E5100-00657
The A25 board assembly (Agilent P/N E5100-66525) is furnished with the shield
cases shown in Table 13-7. Order these parts when you replace shield cases
only.
Theory of Operation 13-21
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-11. RF Cables (A27 to Rear Assembly)
Table 13-8. RF Cables (A27 to Rear Assembly)
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61607
E5100-61608
C Qty.
Description
D
5 1 RF CABLE I
6 1 RF CABLE O
1
2
A27J2(I) to EXT REF INPUT (rear assembly). See Figure 13-46
A27J1(O) to INT REF OUTPUT (rear assembly). See Figure 13-46
13-22 Theory of Operation
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61607
E5100-61608
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-12. RF Cables (A24 to RF OUT 1/RF OUT 2/A25/A28)
Table 13-9. RF Cables (A24 to RF OUT 1/RF OUT 2/A25/A28)
Ref.
Desig.
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61605
2
E5100-61606
3
E5100-61610
E5100-61618
E5100-61621
C Qty.
Description
D
3 1 RF CABLE 1
(Opt.002 without 010)
4 1 RF CABLE 2
(Opt.002 without 010)
0 1 RF CABLE 1
(Opt.001 without 010)
8 1 RF CABLE S
(Opt.003 without 010)
3 1 RF CABLE S
(Opt.010 or 600)
1
2
3
4
5
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61605
28480
E5100-61606
28480
E5100-61610
28480
E5100-61618
28480
E5100-61621
A24J1(1) to RF OUT 1 (front assembly). See Table 13-17.
A24J15(2) to RF OUT 2 (front assembly). See Table 13-18.
3 A24J3(S) to RF OUT 1 (front assembly). See Table 13-17
4 A24J3(S) to A28J1. See Figure 13-38.
5 A24J3(S) to A25J1(P). See Figure 13-14.
1
2
Theory of Operation 13-23
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-13. RF Cables (A27 to A24)
Table 13-10. RF Cables (A27 to A24)
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61615
E5100-61616
E5100-61617
A27J3(D) to A24J16(D).
A27J4(E) to A24J7(E).
3 A27J5(F) to A24J8(F).
1
2
13-24 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
5 1 RF CBL ASSY D
6 1 RF CBL ASSY E
7 1 RF CBL ASSY F
1
2
3
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61615
E5100-61616
E5100-61617
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-14. RF Cables (A25 to RF OUT 1/RF OUT 2/A24/A28)
Table 13-11. RF Cables (A25 to RF OUT 1/RF OUT 2/A24/A28)
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61610
E5100-61618
E5100-61619
E5100-61620
E5100-61605
E5100-61606
E5100-61621
C Qty.
Description
D
0 1 RF CABLE 1 (Opt.001 with 010)
8 1 RF CABLE S (Opt.003 with 010)
9 1 RF CABLE 1 (Opt.002 with 010)
2 1 RF CABLE 2 (Opt.002 with 010)
3 1 RF CABLE 1 (Opt.600)
4 1 RF CABLE 2 (Opt.600)
3 1 RF CABLE S (Opt.010 or 600)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61610
E5100-61618
E5100-61619
E5100-61620
E5100-61605
E5100-61606
E5100-61621
A25J2(S) to RF OUT 1 (front assembly). See Table 13-17.
A25J2(S) to A28J1. See Figure 13-38.
3 A25J3(1) to RF OUT 1 (front assembly). See Table 13-17.
4 A25J4(2) to RF OUT 2 (front assembly). See Table 13-18.
5 A25J8(1) to RF OUT 1 (front assembly). See Table 13-17.
6 A25J7(2) to RF OUT 2 (front assembly). See Table 13-18.
7 A25J1(P) to A24J3(S). See Figure 13-12.
1
2
Theory of Operation 13-25
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-15. RF Cables (A26R/A/B/C to Port R/A/B/C or A29)
Table 13-12. RF Cables (A26R/A/B/C to Port R/A/B/C or A29)
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
1400-1334
See Table 13-21
to Table 13-24
E5100-61628
E5100-61629
A26J2 to Port R/A/B/C.
2 A26AJ2 to A29J1.
3 A26BJ2 to A29J4.
1
13-26 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
6 1 CLAMP CABLE
1 RF CABLE R/A/B/C
1
0
1
1
1
RF CABLE A (Opt.101 or 301)
RF CABLE B (Opt.301)
2
3
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
1400-1334
28480
28480
E5100-61628
E5100-61629
Assemblies in Main Board Slots
Figure 13-16. RF Cables (A24 to A26)
Table 13-13. RF Cables (A24 to A26)
Ref.
Desig.
1
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61611
C Qty.
Description
D
1 1 RF CABLE ASSY LO
1
2
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61611
For each receiver.
A24J6(R) to A26R, A24J12(A) to A26A, A24J5(B) to A26B, and A24J13(C) to A26C.
Theory of Operation 13-27
Bottom Assemblies
Bottom Assemblies
Figure 13-17. A20 Mother Board
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-66520
0515-1550
0403-0424
Table 13-14. A20 Mother Board
C Qty.
Description
D
1 1 MOTHERBOARD
0 15 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
8 5 CUSHION 20.6X7.6
1
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-66520
0515-1550
0403-0424
When you replace the A20 Motherbouard, replace the cushions (Agilent P/N 0403-0424) at the same time.
13-28 Theory of Operation
Bottom Assemblies
Figure 13-18. Power Supply Cable Clamps
Table 13-15. Power Supply Cable Clamps
Ref.
Desig.
1
Agilent Part
Number
1400-1334
C Qty.
Description
D
6 3 CLAMP CABLE
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
1400-1334
Theory of Operation 13-29
Front Assemblies
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-19. Front Sub Panel and RF OUT Connector Assemblies
13-30 Theory of Operation
Front Assemblies
Table 13-16. Front Sub Panel and RF OUT Connector Assemblies
Description
Mfr
Mfr Part
Agilent Part C Qty.
Number
Number
D
Code
E5100-00202 8 1 PANEL SUB
28480 E5100-00202
E5100-00212 0 1 PANEL SUB (Opt.102/302/510)
28480 E5100-00212
1250-0252
6 2 CONN-RF BNC
28480
1250-0252
28480
2190-0102
2190-0102
8 2 WSHR-LK INTL T
2950-0035
8 2 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM
28480
2950-0035
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
One for Option 001.
Ref.
Desig.
4
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61610
E5100-61605
E5100-61619
E5100-61624
E5100-61605
1
2
3
4
5
RF OUT 1 to
RF OUT 1 to
3 RF OUT 1 to
4 RF OUT 1 to
5 RF OUT 1 to
1
2
Ref.
Desig.
4
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61606
E5100-61620
E5100-61625
E5100-61606
1
3
4
RF OUT 2 to
RF OUT 2 to
3 RF OUT 2 to
4 RF OUT 2 to
2
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61610
E5100-61605
E5100-61619
E5100-61624
E5100-61605
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61606
E5100-61620
E5100-61625
E5100-61606
A24J3(S) or A25J2(S) (Opt.010). See Figure 13-12 or Figure 13-14.
A24J1(1). See Figure 13-12.
A25J3(1). See Figure 13-14.
A28J2(1). See Figure 13-38.
A25J8(1). See Figure 13-14.
2
1
Table 13-17. RF Cable for RF OUT 1
C Qty.
For Option:
D
Installed
Not Installed
0 1 001
3 1 002
010
9 1 002, 010
6 1 003
3 1 600
Table 13-18. RF Cable for RF OUT 2
C Qty.
For Option:
D
Installed
Not Installed
4 1 002
010
2 1 002, 010
7 1 003
4 1 600
A24J15(2). See Figure 13-12.
A25J4(2). See Figure 13-14.
A28J3(2). See Figure 13-38.
A25J7(2). See Figure 13-14.
Theory of Operation 13-31
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-20. RF OUT Cable Clamps (Opt.010 or 600)
Table 13-19. RF OUT Cable Clamps (Opt.010 or 600)
Ref.
Desig.
1
1
Agilent Part
Number
1400-1334
C Qty.
Description
D
6 2 CLAMP CABLE
If Option 010 or 600 is installed, use those cable clamps.
13-32 Theory of Operation
1
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
1400-1334
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-21. Input Port and Probe Power Connector Assemblies
Table 13-20. Input Port Connectors
Ref.
Desig.
1
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
1250-0252
2190-0102
2950-0035
1250-2312
2190-0104
2950-0132
C Qty.
Description
D
6 1 CONNECTOR-RF (BNC)
8 1 WSHR-LK INTLT (BNC)
8 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM (BNC)
3 1 ADPT-RF N-SMA (TYPE N)
0 1 WSHR-LK INTL T (TYPE N)
6 1 NUT-HEX-DUB-CHAM (TYPE N)
1
1
1
2
2
2
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
1250-0252
2190-0102
2950-0035
1250-2312
2190-0104
2950-0132
For Port R,A,B, and C.
For Port A and B (Opt.102 or 302).
Theory of Operation 13-33
Front Assemblies
Ref.
Desig.
2
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61601
1
Table 13-21. RF Cable for Port R
C Qty.
For Option:
D
Installed
Not Installed
9 1
100
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61601
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61602
28480
E5100-61626
28480
E5100-61654
28480
E5100-61650
28480
E5100-61652
Port R to A26RJ2.
Ref.
Desig.
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61602
C
D
0
E5100-61626
8
E5100-61654
2
E5100-61650
8
E5100-61652
0
1
2
1
2
3
Port A to A26AJ2.
2 Port A to A29J2.
3 Port A to A26AJ2. Semi-rigid cable.
1
13-34 Theory of Operation
Table 13-22. RF Cable for Port A
Qty.
For Option:
Installed
Not Installed
1 100
101, 102
200
101, 102
300
301, 302
400
301, 302
600
1 100, 101
102
200, 101
102
300, 301
302
400, 301
302
1 100, 102
101
200, 102
101
300, 302
301
400, 302
301
1 100, 101, 102
200, 101, 102
300, 301, 302
400, 301, 302
1 300, 510
Front Assemblies
Ref.
Desig.
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61603
C
D
1
E5100-61627
9
E5100-61655
3
E5100-61651
9
E5100-61653
1
1
2
1
2
3
Table 13-23. RF Cable for Port B
Qty.
For Option:
Installed
Not Installed
1 300
301, 302
400
301, 302
1 300, 301
302
400, 301
302
1 300, 302
301
400, 302
301
1 300, 301, 302
400, 301, 302
1 300, 510
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61603
28480
E5100-61627
28480
E5100-61655
28480
E5100-61651
28480
E5100-61653
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61604
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
1252-4294
E5100-61610
E5100-61636
Port B to A26BJ2.
2 Port B to A29J3.
3 Port B to A26BJ2. Semi-rigid cable.
1
Ref.
Desig.
2
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61604
1
Table 13-24. RF Cable for Port C
C Qty.
For Option:
D
Installed
Not Installed
2 1 400
Port C to A26CJ2.
Ref.
Desig.
3
4
Table 13-25. Probe Power Connector and Cable
Agilent Part C Qty.
Description
Number
D
1252-4294
8 1 PROBE POWER CONNECTOR
E5100-61641 7 1 PROBE POWER CABLE (Opt.102)
E5100-61636 0 2 PROBE POWER CABLE (Opt.302)
Theory of Operation 13-35
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-22. Front Plugs
Table 13-26. Front Plugs
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
Agilent Part
Number
6960-0041
6960-0028
6960-0081
C Qty.
Description
D
1 1 PLUG HOLE BNC
4 1 PLUG HOLE TYPE N
9 1 PLUG HOLE PROBE POWER
1
1
1
For each hole.
For Port R, B, C, or RF OUT 2 (Opt.001).
3 For Port B (Opt.102).
4 If not Opt.302.
1
2
13-36 Theory of Operation
2
3
4
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
6960-0041
6960-0028
6960-0081
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-23. Front Keyboard Assembly
Table 13-27. Front Keyboard Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-40001
E5100-25001
E5100-66540
0515-1550
C Qty.
Description
D
9 1 BEZEL FRONT
7 1 RUBBER KEY
5 1 FRONT KEY BOARD
0 2 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-40001
E5100-25001
E5100-66540
0515-1550
Theory of Operation 13-37
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-24. Monochrome LCD Assembly 1/4
Table 13-28. Monochrome LCD Assembly 1/4
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
1990-1912
0460-1029
3
E5100-61634
13-38 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
5 1 LCD MONO 6.3"
1 100 TAPE-IDL .25IN
cm
8 1 WIRE ASSY LCD
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
1990-1912
0460-1029
28480
E5100-61634
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-25. Monochrome LCD Assembly 2/4 (Including Power Supply PS 30W)
Table 13-29.
Monochrome LCD Assembly 2/4 (Including Power Supply PS 30W)
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Agilent Part
Number
0950-2919
0515-1550
E5100-04001
0950-2942
C Qty.
Description
D
9 1 PS 30W POWER SUPPLY
0 4 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
3 1 COVER MONOCHROME LCD
8 1 DC/AC INV
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
0950-2919
0515-1550
E5100-04001
0950-2942
Theory of Operation 13-39
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-26. Monochrome LCD Assembly 3/4
Table 13-30. Monochrome LCD Assembly 3/4
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61635
0515-1550
13-40 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
9 1 WIRE ASSY INVTR
0 4 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61635
0515-1550
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-27. Monochrome LCD Assembly 4/4
Table 13-31. Monochrome LCD Assembly 4/4
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61633
1400-1334
C Qty.
Description
D
7 1 WIRE ASSY LW30
6 1 CLAMP CABLE
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61633
1400-1334
Theory of Operation 13-41
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-28. Color LCD Assembly 1/6 (Including Power Supply PS 30W)
Table 13-32. Color LCD Assembly 1/6 (Including Power Supply PS 30W)
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
Agilent Part
Number
0950-2919
E5000-04001
0515-1550
13-42 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
9 1 PWR-SPLY LW30-01
2 1 COVER LCD
0 2 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
0950-2919
E5000-04001
0515-1550
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-29. Color LCD Assembly 2/6
Table 13-33. Color LCD Assembly 2/6
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5000-61660
1400-0611
C Qty.
Description
D
9 1 FLEX FLAT CBL
0 1 CLAMP-CABLE
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5000-61660
1400-0611
Theory of Operation 13-43
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-30. Color LCD Assembly 3/6
Table 13-34. Color LCD Assembly 3/6
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5000-61001
E5000-61630
13-44 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
2 1 LCD MODULE ASSY
3 1 CABLE ASSEMBLY
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5000-61001
E5000-61630
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-31. Color LCD Assembly 4/6
Table 13-35. Color LCD Assembly 4/6
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
0515-0905
2190-0583
1400-1334
C Qty.
Description
D
7 6 SCR-MACH M2.5
9 6 M2.5 SPRING WASH
6 1 CLAMP CABLE
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
0515-0905
2190-0583
1400-1334
Theory of Operation 13-45
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-32. Color LCD Assembly 5/6
Table 13-36. Color LCD Assembly 5/6
Ref.
Desig.
1
Agilent Part
Number
0460-1029
13-46 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
1 100 TAPE-IDL .25IN
cm
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
0460-1029
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-33. Color LCD Assembly 6/6
Table 13-37. Color LCD Assembly 6/6
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61633
1400-1334
C Qty.
Description
D
7 1 WIRE ASSY LW30
6 1 CLAMP CABLE
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61633
1400-1334
Theory of Operation 13-47
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-34. Monochrome/Color LCD Assembly
Table 13-38. Monochrome/Color LCD Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-25002
E5000-25002
0515-1550
08751-61631
13-48 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
8 1 FILTER (MONOCHROME LCD)
7 1 FILTER (COLOR LCD)
0 2 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
1 1 FLAT CABLE ASSY
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-25002
E5000-25002
0515-1550
08751-61631
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-35. Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 1/2
Table 13-39. Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 1/2
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Agilent Part
Number
0950-2918
E5100-61661
E5100-01203
0515-0999
C Qty.
Description
D
8 1 FDD 3.5"
1 1 CA-FLT-RBN 26PIN
1 1 BRACKET FDD
9 3 M2.5X0.45 L=6 FL
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
0950-2918
E5100-61661
E5100-01203
0515-0999
Theory of Operation 13-49
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-36. Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 2/2
Table 13-40. Flexible Disk Drive Assembly 2/2
Ref.
Desig.
1
Agilent Part
Number
0515-1550
13-50 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
0 2 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
0515-1550
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-37. Line Switch Assembly
Table 13-41. Line Switch Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-01202
E5100-61631
0515-0999
0515-1719
C Qty.
Description
D
0 1 ANGLE SW
5 1 WIRE ASSY PRM
9 2 M2.5X0.45 L=6 FL
3 2 SCR M4X10
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-01202
E5100-61631
0515-0999
0515-1719
Theory of Operation 13-51
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-38. A28 Source Switch Board (Opt.003)
Table 13-42. A28 Source Switch Board (Opt.003)
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
5
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-66528
0515-1550
E5100-61639
1400-1334
E5100-61618
C Qty.
Description
D
9 1 A28 SOURCE SW BOARD
0 4 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
3 1 WIRE ASSY 1M/SW
6 1 CLAMP CABLE
8 1 RF CBL ASSY S
1
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-66528
05150-1550
E5100-61639
1400-1334
E5100-61618
A28J1 to A24J3(S) or A25J2(S). If Option 010 is not installed, the cable should be drawn into A24 slot.
13-52 Theory of Operation
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-39. A29 50
/1M
Switch (Opt.101/301)
Table 13-43. A29 50
/1M
Switch (Opt.101/301)
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
5
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-66529
0515-1550
E5100-61639
E5100-61628
E5100-61629
C Qty.
Description
D
0 1 HIGH IMP INPUT
0 4 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
3 1 WIRE ASSY 1M/SW
0 1 RF CBL ASSY
1 1 RF CBL ASSY
1
2
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-66529
0515-1550
E5100-61639
E5100-61628
E5100-61629
A29J1 to A26AJ2. See Figure 13-15.
2 A29J4 to A26BJ2. See Figure 13-15.
1
Theory of Operation 13-53
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-40. A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5)
Table 13-44. A50 High Stability Oscillator (Opt.1D5)
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-66550
0515-1550
E5100-61638
A50J2 to A20J21.
13-54 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
7 1 10MHZ OVEN BD
0 4 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
2 1 WIRE ASSY OVEN
1
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-66550
0515-1550
E5100-61638
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-41. Front Panel Assembly
Table 13-45. Front Panel Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Agilent Part
Number
04191-08000
E5100-00201
E5100-00211
01650-47401
5041-0564
C Qty.
Description
D
0 1 SPRING
7 1 PANEL FRONT (E5100A)
9 1 PANEL FRONT (E5100B)
7 1 KNOB-RPG
4 1 KEY-Q-CORP WHT
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
04191-08000
E5100-00201
E5100-00211
01650-47401
5041-0564
Theory of Operation 13-55
Front Assemblies
Figure 13-42. 50
/1M
Label (Opt.101/301)
Table 13-46. 50
/1M
Label (Opt.101/301)
Ref.
Desig.
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-87101
13-56 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
8 1 LABEL (Opt.101/301)
or 2
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-87101
Rear Assemblies
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-43. EXT REF/INT REF Connectors
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Table 13-47. EXT REF/INT REF Connectors
Agilent Part C Qty.
Description
Number
D
E5100-00203 9 1 PANEL REAR
1250-0252
6 2 Connector-RF BNC
2190-0102
8 2 WSHR-LK INTL T
2950-0035
8 2 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM
6960-0041
1 1 PLUG HOLE
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-00203
1250-0252
2190-0102
2950-0035
6960-0041
Theory of Operation 13-57
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-44. REF OVEN Connector
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
1250-0252
2190-0102
2950-0035
13-58 Theory of Operation
Table 13-48. REF OVEN Connector
C Qty.
Description
D
6 1 Connector-RF BNC
8 1 WSHR-LK INTL T
8 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
1250-0252
2190-0102
2950-0035
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-45. EXT PROG RUN/CONT Connector
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Table 13-49. EXT PROG RUN/CONT Connector
Description
Agilent Part C Qty.
Number
D
1250-0083
1 1 Connector-RF BNC
0360-1190
5 1 TERM-SOLDER LUG
2190-0016
3 1 WSHR-LK INTL T
2950-0001
8 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
1250-0083
0360-1190
2190-0016
2950-0001
Theory of Operation 13-59
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-46. Rear RF Cables
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61608
E5100-61607
E5100-61609
E5100-61637
Table 13-50. Rear RF Cables
C Qty.
Description
D
6 1 RF CABLE O
5 1 RF CBL ASSY I
7 1 RF CBL ASSY V
1 1 WIRE ASSY R/C
INT REF OUTPUT to A27J1(O). See Figure 13-11.
2 EXT REF INPUT to A27J2(I). See Figure 13-11.
3 REF OVEN to A50J1(V). See Figure 13-40.
4 EXT PROG RUN/CONT to A20J27.
1
13-60 Theory of Operation
1
2
3
4
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61608
E5100-61607
E5100-61609
E5100-61637
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-47. Fan Assembly
Table 13-51. Fan Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
04396-61001
0515-1598
2190-0586
3050-0893
C Qty.
Description
D
0 1 FAN ASSY
6 4 SCR SKT-HEAD
2 4 WSHR-LK HLCL
9 4 WSHR-FL
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
04396-61001
0515-1598
2190-0586
3050-0893
Theory of Operation 13-61
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-48. GPIB/Printer Port and AC Inlet
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Table 13-52. GPIB/Printer Port and AC Inlet
Agilent Part C Qty.
Description
Number
D
E5100-66547 2 1 REAR BOARD 1
0380-0644
4 2 STDF-HEX-M/FEX
2190-0577
1 2 WSHR-LK HLCL
1251-5436
0 1 SCRLK F
2110-1134
0 1 FUSE DRAWER
2110-0030
3 1 FUSE 5A 250V
1252-6951
8 1 AC INLET
13-62 Theory of Operation
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-66547
0380-0644
2190-0577
1251-5436
2110-1134
2110-0030
1252-6951
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-49. Ac Inlet Assembly
Table 13-53. Ac Inlet Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61640
C Qty.
Description
D
6 1 WIRE ASSY GND
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61640
Theory of Operation 13-63
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-50. External Display/KeyBoard I/F
Table 13-54. External Display/KeyBoard I/F
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-66542
2190-0054
2950-0054
1251-5436
13-64 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
7 1 REAR-2 PANEL B'D
9 1 WSHR-LK INTL T
1 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM
0 1 SCRLK F
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-66542
2190-0054
2950-0054
1251-5436
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-51. I/O Blank Pannel
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-00250
0515-1550
Table 13-55. I/O Blank Pannel
C Qty.
Description
D
6 1 PANEL I/F
0 2 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-00250
0515-1550
Theory of Operation 13-65
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-52. Digital I/O Assembly
Table 13-56. Digital I/O Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-00251
E5100-00252
E5100-00251
E5100-00251
E5100-66543
E5100-66545
E5100-66544
E5100-66546
3
4
5
0515-1550
1251-5436
7120-0386
5182-0431
13-66 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
7 1 PANEL I/F (STD)
8 1 PANEL I/F (Opt.005)
7 1 PANEL I/F (Opt.006)
7 1 PANEL I/F (Opt.007)
8 1 24 BIT DIGITAL I/O (STD)
0 1 8 BIT DIGITAL I/O MODE A
(Opt.005)
9 1 24 BIT DIGITAL I/O MODE B
(Opt.006)
1 1 PHOTO ISOLATE DIGITAL I/O
(Opt.007)
0 4 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
0 1 SCRLK F
8 1 NAME PLATE (Opt.006)
2 1 LABEL (Opt.007)
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-00251
E5100-00252
E5100-00251
E5100-00251
E5100-66543
E5100-66545
28480
E5100-66544
28480
E5100-66546
28480
28480
28480
28480
0515-1550
1251-5436
7120-0386
5182-0431
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-53. Rear Board Flat Cable 1/2
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-61660
1400-1334
Table 13-57. Rear Board Flat Cable 1/2
C Qty.
Description
D
0 1 FLAT CBL ASSY
6 1 CLAMP CABLE
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-61660
1400-1334
Theory of Operation 13-67
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-54. Rear Board Flat Cable 2/2
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-64902
1400-0611
04396-61662
13-68 Theory of Operation
Table 13-58. Rear Board Flat Cable 2/2
C Qty.
Description
D
9 1 REAR ASSY
0 1 CLAMP-CABLE
9 1 CA-ASSY FLAT 40
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-64902
1400-0611
04396-61662
Rear Assemblies
Figure 13-55. Rear Assembly
Table 13-59. Rear Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
0515-2079
1400-1334
C Qty.
Description
D
0 2 SCR M4X8
6 1 CLAMP CABLE
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
0515-2079
1400-1334
Theory of Operation 13-69
Chassis Assemblies
Chassis Assemblies
Figure 13-56. Front Frame Assembly
Table 13-60. Front Frame Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
5021-8405
8160-0641
13-70 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
6 1 FRONT FRAME
3 1 GASKET BRAID
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
5021-8405
8160-0641
Chassis Assemblies
Figure 13-57. Chassis Parts
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-60001
0515-2079
Table 13-61. Chassis Parts
C Qty.
Description
D
1 1 CHASSIS ASSY
0 3 SCR M4X8
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-60001
0515-2079
Theory of Operation 13-71
Chassis Assemblies
Figure 13-58. Front Screws
Ref.
Desig.
1
Agilent Part
Number
0515-0889
13-72 Theory of Operation
Table 13-62. Front Screws
C Qty.
Description
D
6 8 SCR-MACH M3.5X6
Mfr
Code
28480
Mfr Part
Number
0515-0889
Chassis Assemblies
Figure 13-59. Front Trim
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
5041-8802
5001-0540
Table 13-63. Front Trim
C Qty.
Description
D
9 1 TRIM STRIP
2 2 TRIM SIDE
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
5041-8802
5001-0540
Theory of Operation 13-73
Chassis Assemblies
Figure 13-60. Shield Plate
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-00611
0515-0914
0515-1550
13-74 Theory of Operation
Table 13-64. Shield Plate
C Qty.
Description
D
3 1 PLATE
8 10 SCR-MACH M3X0.5
0 6 SCR M3-L 8 P-H
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-00611
0515-0914
0515-1550
Chassis Assemblies
Figure 13-61. Rear Foot
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-40002
0515-0892
Table 13-65. Rear Foot
C Qty.
Description
D
0 4 STAND OFF
1 6 SCREW M3.5
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-40002
0515-0892
Theory of Operation 13-75
Chassis Assemblies
Figure 13-62. Strap Handle
Table 13-66. Strap Handle
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Agilent Part
Number
5062-3703
5041-8819
5041-8820
0515-1132
13-76 Theory of Operation
C Qty.
Description
D
3 1 STRAP HANDLE
8 1 STRAP HANDLE FRT
1 1 STRAP HANDL REAR
4 2 SCR-MACH M5X0.8
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
5062-3703
5041-8819
5041-8820
0515-1132
Chassis Assemblies
Figure 13-63. Outer Cover Assembly
Table 13-67. Outer Cover Assembly
Ref.
Desig.
1
2
3
4
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-60002
5041-8801
1460-1345
0363-0125
C Qty.
Description
D
2 1 COVER METAL
8 4 FOOT FL
5 2 WIREFORM
0 1 SHIELD GASKET
Mfr
Code
28480
28480
28480
28480
Mfr Part
Number
E5100-60002
5041-8801
1460-1345
0363-0125
Theory of Operation 13-77
Other Parts
Other Parts
Ref.
Desig.
A1F1
Agilent Part
Number
2110-0935
A2F1
Table 13-68. Fuse
Description
C Qty.
D
7 1 Fuse 5 A
Mfr
Code
75915
Mfr Part
Number
R251005T1
2110-0935
7
1
Fuse 5 A
75915
R251005T1
A3F1
2110-0935
7
1
Fuse 5 A
75915
R251005T1
Line
Fuse
2110-0030
0
1
Fuse 5 A 250V VF
1
Fuse Drawer
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part
Number
28480
28480
E5100-65001
5959-8096
28480
E5100-90015
28480
28480
28480
28480
E5100-90040
E5100-90031
E5100-90067
E5100-90110
Ref.
Desig.
2110-1134
Agilent Part
Number
E5100-65001
5959-8096
E5100-90015
E5100-90040
E5100-90031
E5100-90067
E5100-90110
13-78 Theory of Operation
Table 13-69. Miscellaneous Accessories
C Qty.
Description
D
SERVICE TOOLS
I/O Port Test Kit
Plastic Cover
DOCUMENTATION
E5100A/B IBASIC Manual
Supplement
E5100A/B Function Reference
E5100A/B User's Guide
E5100A/B Programming Manual
E5100A/B Service Manual
14
Replacement Procedures
Introduction
This chapter contains the procedures and lists the tools required to remove the major
assemblies from the E5100A/B. To install an assembly, after you complete the adjustments or
make repairs, reverse the order of steps you performed for the removal of that assembly.
The letters in circles indicate the reference designators in the gures just after the procedure
unless otherwise described.
Outer Cover Removal
Tools Required
Pozidriv screwdriver, pt size #2 (medium)
Procedure
1. Disconnect the power cable from the E5100A/B.
2. Remove the four rear feet.
3. Remove the two outer cover screws from the rear panel.
4. Remove the four bottom feet
5. Remove the side strap.
6. Place the E5100A/B on its side.
7. Slide o the outer cover toward the rear.
If you have a plastic cover (p/n 5959-8096), the following procedure can be used instead of
steps 6 and 7:
1. Put a plastic cover (p/n 5959-8096) on the front panel of the E5100A/B and place the
E5100A/B on at table with its front panel down.
2. Slide up the outer cover and remove it carefully.
3. Place the E5100A/B on at table with its bottom side down.
Replacement Procedures 14-1
A1/A2/A3 Board Removal
Tools Required
Open end wrench, 1/4 inch
Open end wrench, 15/64 inch (6 mm)
Pozidriv screwdriver, pt size #1 (small)
Procedure
1. Remove the outer cover as described in \Outer Cover Removal".
2. Remove the ten screws which fasten the shielding plate over the A1/A2/A3/A24/A25/A26(R
through C)/A27 boards.
3. Remove the shielding plate.
4. Lift the extractors at the top corners of the A1/A2/A3 board, lift the A1/A2/A3 board out.
Note
When you replace the A1 CPU board, you need to make required conguration
for the new board. See Board Conguration chapter.
A24/A25/A26(R through C)/A27 Board Removal
Tools Required
Pozidriv screwdriver, pt size #1 (small)
Open end wrench, 15/64 inch (6 mm)
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the outer cover as described in \Outer Cover Removal".
Remove the shielding plate covering the boards.
Disconnect RF cables.
Lift the extractors at the top corners of the board, and lift it out.
Note
When you replace the A24 Source or A25 RF Amplier, you need to make
required conguration for the new board. See Board Conguration chapter.
14-2 Replacement Procedures
Front Panel Removal
Tools Required
Pozidriv screwdriver, pt size #2 (medium)
Flat edge screwdriver.
Procedure
1. Remove the outer cover as described in \Outer Cover Removal".
2. Remove the three screws, which fasten the front panel to the frame, from both sides of the
front frame.
3. Gradually press the front panel assembly from the inside towards the front, and remove the
front panel.
4. Disconnect the atcable from the A20 board.
A40 Keyboard Removal
Tools Required
Pozidriv screwdrivers, pt size #1 (small)
Hex key, 0.063 inch across ats
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the front panel as described in \Front Panel Removal".
Loosen the two hex set screws in the front panel rotary knob, and pull the knob o.
Remove the four screws which fastens the keyboard cover.
Remove the keyboard cover
Remove the A40 keyboard from the front panel.
Replacement Procedures 14-3
LCD Display Assembly Removal
Tools Required
Pozidriv screwdrivers, pt size #1 (small) and #2 (medium)
Procedure
1. Remove the front panel as described in \Front Panel Removal".
2. Remove the two screws which hold the LCD display assembly.
3. Disconnect the cable connected to the A20 board.
Flexible Disk Drive Assembly Removal
Tools Required
Pozidriv screwdriver, pt size #1 (small)
Hex socket, 7/32 inch (5.5 mm)
Procedure
1. Remove the outer cover as described in \Outer Cover Removal".
2. Remove the four nuts from the FDD (Flexible Disk Drive) holder.
3. Disconnect the atcable and the wire assembly from the FDD.
Rear Panel Assembly Removal
Tools Required
Pozidriv screwdrivers, pt size #1 (small) and #2 (medium)
Open end wrench, 1/4 inch
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the top outer as described in \Outer Cover Removal".
Disconnect RF cables from the rear panel.
Disconnect the atcable connected with the rear panel.
Remove the three screws from the rear panel assembly.
Gradually pull the rear panel assembly out from the rear frame.
14-4 Replacement Procedures
15
Board Conguration
Introduction
This chapter contains the board conguration information for the following boards:
A1 CPU
A24 Source
A25 RF Amplier (Opt.010/600)
PS 130W Power Supply
The bit switch settings and cable connections must be conrmed before these boards are
installed.
Board Conguration
15-1
A1 Board Conguration
Bit Switch Settings
The location and settings of bit switch A1SW1 is shown in Figure 15-1 and Table 15-1.
Figure 15-1. A1 Switch Location
Table 15-1. A1 Switch Settings
E5100A/B
Without
Opt.509
With
Opt.509
15-2 Board Conguration
1
ON
Switch A1SW1
2
3
4
5
ON ON ON ON
OFF ON
ON
ON
ON
6
ON
7
ON
8
ON
ON
ON
ON
Flash Memories and SIMM
The SIMM (Single Inline Memory Module) is not installed on the A1 board when the
replacement board comes from stock. Although ash memories (U5 through U8) are installed
on the new replacement board, there is no data in each memory. The four ash memories are
for saving correction constants (system calibration data) obtained by adjustments.
1. When you replace the A1 board, you must remove the SIMM and the ash memories (U5,
U6, U7, and U8) from the old board and install them on the new board.
Note
Before you remove the four ash memories from the old board, be sure to
mark the location name (U5, U6, U7, U8) on each ash memory. If you
lose the original location for each ash memory, you need to perform all
adjustments to obtain new system calibration data.
Other ash memories do not need to move to the new board.
Figure 15-2. A1 Flash Memory and SIMM Location
Table 15-2. A1 Flash Memory and Stored Data
Flash Memory
Stored Data
Data Validity of
Location
New Board in Stock
U5 through U8 Correction Constants
Invalid
U9 through U16 Firmware
Invalid
U3 and U4
Bootloader
Valid
1
2
1
2
Data obtained and stored by adjustments.
Some of the memories may be mounted without sockets.
Board Conguration
15-3
2. After completing the new board installation, you must reinstall the rmware with a correct
rmware disk. Refer to the Digital Control Troubleshooting chapter for installing the
rmware into the E5100A/B.
A24 Board Conguration
Jumper Setting
The jumper settings of A24J2, A24J9, A24J10, A24J11, and A24J14 are shown in Table 15-3
and Table 15-4. The setting of the A24 jumpers depends on the option which is installed in the
unit.
Figure 15-3. A24 Jumper Location and Settings
15-4 Board Conguration
Table 15-3. A24 Jumper Settings 1
E5100A/B
Opt.100
Opt.200
Opt.300
Opt.400
Opt.600
J10
Upper
Upper
Upper
Lower
Upper
Jumper
J11
Upper
Lower
Lower
Lower
Lower
J9
Upper
Upper
Lower
Lower
Upper
Table 15-4. A24 Jumper Settings 2
E5100A/B
Opt.001
Opt.002 without Opt.010
Opt.002 with Opt.010
Opt.003
Opt.010
Opt.600
Jumper
J14
J2
Right
Lower
Left
Upper
Right
Lower
Right
Lower
Right
Lower
Right
Lower
Board Conguration
15-5
Cable Connection
The cable connection to the A24 board depends on the option which is installed in the unit.
Figure 15-4. A24 Connector Location
15-6 Board Conguration
E5100A/B
Opt.001
without Opt.010
Opt.002
without Opt.010
Opt.003
without Opt.010
Opt.010
or Opt.600
1
Table 15-5. A24 Cable Connection 1
A24 Connector
J1
J15
Not used
Not used
1
1
To: RF OUT 1
(front assembly)
Not used
To: RF OUT 2
(front assembly)
Not used
Not used
Not used
J3
To: RF OUT 1
(front assembly)
Not used
1
To: A28
To: A25
The RF cable for those connection has a ferrite core on one end. The connector which is closed to the
ferrite core should be connected to the connector on the A24 Board.
E5100A/B
Opt.100
Opt.200
Opt.300
Opt.400
J16
To:
A27J3
To:
A27J3
To:
A27J3
To:
A27J3
Table 15-6. A24 Cable Connection 2
A24 Connector
J7
J8
J13
J12
To:
To:
Not
To:
A27J4
A27J5
used
A26A
To:
To:
Not
To:
A27J4
A27J5
used
A26A
To:
To:
Not
To:
A27J4
A27J5
used
A26A
To:
To:
To:
To:
A27J4
A27J5
A26C
A26A
J6
Not
used
To:
A26R
To:
A26R
To:
A26R
J5
Not
used
Not
used
To:
A26B
To:
A26B
Board Conguration
15-7
A25 Board Conguration (Opt.010/600)
Jumper Settings
The locations and settings of jumpers A25J5, A25J9, and switch A25SW1 are shown in
Table 15-7. The settings depends the option which is installed in the unit.
Figure 15-5. A25 Jumper and Switch Locations and Settings
Table 15-7. A25 Jumper and Switch Settings
E5100A/B
Opt.001
with Opt.010
Opt.002
with Opt.010
Opt.003
with Opt.010
Opt.600
15-8 Board Conguration
J9
Left
Jumper/Switch
J5
SW1 No.1 SW1 No.2
Left
0
1
Right
Left
0
0
Left
Left
0
1
Right
Right
1
1
Cable Connection
The cable connection to the A25 board depends on the option which is installed in the unit.
Figure 15-6. A25 Cable Connection
E5100A/B
Opt.001
with Opt.010
Opt.002
with Opt.010
Opt.003
with Opt.010
Opt.600
1
2
Table 15-8. A25 Cable Connection
A25 Connector
J2
J3
J6
J8
J7
To:
Not used Not used Not used Not used
RF OUT 1
Not used
To:
To:
Not used Not used
RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2
Not used Not used Not used Not used
To:
A26
To:
Not used Not used Not used
To:
RF OUT 1 RF OUT 2
1
1
1
2
1
1
J1
To:
A24
To:
A24
To:
A24
To:
A24
2
2
2
2
On front assembly
With cable \S"
Board Conguration
15-9
PS 130W Power Supply
Make sure the shunt connector is removed from the CN2 terminal on the PS 130W when you
install the PS 130W into the E5100A/B.
Figure 15-7. Shunt Connector of Power Supply PS 130W
Note
The shunt connector is removed from the CN2 ternimal when the PS 130W
Power Supply is shipped from the factory.
15-10 Board Conguration
16
Post Repair Procedures
Introduction
The Table 16-1 lists the procedures which must be performed after the replacement of an
assembly. When you replace an assembly, conrm the Board Conguration and perform the
Adjustments, and Performance Tests following Table 16-1.
Post Repair Procedures 16-1
Table 16-1. Post Repair Procedures
Replaced
Assembly
A1 CPU
A2 Peripheral
Board
Required
Cong.
Adjustments
None If ash ROMs are replaced,
VCXO Frequency Calibration
Source Correction
IF Attenuator Correction
Receiver Calibration
None None
A3 DSP
A24 Source
None
None
None
Source Correction
A25 RF Amplier
None
Source Correction
A26R/A/B/C
Receiver
None
IF Attenuator Correction
Receiver Calibration
16-2 Post Repair Procedures
Internal Tests
Required
Verication
Internal Tests
24 bit I/O Test
Internal Tests
Frequency Range and Accuracy
Harmonics
Non-Harmonic Sprious
Phase Noise
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness
Source Power Linearity
Receiver Noise Level
Trace Noise
Residual Response
Input Crosstalk
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
Dynamic Accuracy
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response
Phase Frequency Response
Frequency Range and Accuracy
Harmonics
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness
Source Power Linearity
Receiver Noise Level
Trace Noise
Residual Response
Input Crosstalk
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
Dynamic Accuracy
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response
Phase Frequency Response
Table 16-1. Post Repair Procedures (continued)
Replaced
Assembly
A27 Synthesizer
Board
Required
Cong.
Adjustments
None VCXO Frequency Calibration
Source Correction
A20 Motherboard None
None
A28 Source
Switch
None
Source Correction
Required
Verication
Frequency Range and Accuracy
Harmonics
Non-Harmonic Sprious
Phase Noise
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness
Source Power Linearity
Receiver Noise Level
Trace Noise
Residual Response
Input Crosstalk
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
Dynamic Accuracy
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response
Phase Frequency Response
Frequency Range and Accuracy
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response
Frequency Range and Accuracy
A29 50/1M
Switch
None
Receiver Calibration
Harmonics
Non-Harmonic Sprious
Phase Noise
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness
Source Power Linearity
Receiver Noise Level
Trace Noise
Residual Response
Input Crosstalk
Receiver Noise Level
Trace Noise
Residual Response
Input Crosstalk
Absolute Amplitude Accuracy
Dynamic Accuracy
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response
Phase Frequency Response
Post Repair Procedures 16-3
Table 16-1. Post Repair Procedures (continued)
Replaced
Assembly
Power Supply
130W
Board
Cong.
None None
Power Supply
31W
None
A50
None
High Stability OSC
Required
Adjustments
Required
Verication
Frequency Range and Accuracy
None
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response
Frequency Range and Accuracy
None
Source Level Accuracy/Flatness
Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response
Frequency Range and Accuracy
16-4 Post Repair Procedures
A
Calculation Sheet
Introduction
This chapter contains calculation sheets for each performance test that requires additional
calculations to determine the nal test result.
Use the calculation sheet in this chapter as an aid for recording raw measurement data and
calculating the performance test results.
Calculation sheet entries are provided only for performance tests in which calculations are
required to obtain the test results.
Calculation Sheet A-1
2. Harmonics Test
E5100A/B
Spectrum Analyzer
Center Frequency
Frequency
10 kHz
10 kHz
20 kHz
30 kHz
100 kHz
100 kHz
200 kHz
300 kHz
1 MHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
3 MHz
10 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
30 MHz
100 MHz
100 MHz
200 MHz
300 MHz
180 MHz
180 MHz
360 MHz
540 MHz
200 MHz
200 MHz
400 MHz
600 MHz
300 MHz
300 MHz
600 MHz
900 MHz
1
1
Spectrum Analyzer
Reading
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
E5100A with option 510 does not require the harmomics test at this frequency.
A-2 Calculation Sheet
Test Result
[b0a]
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
3. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test
E5100A/B
Center Frequency
239.95 MHz
Spectrum Analyzer
Frequency
f1 =
f1 0 10.417 kHz =
f1 + 10.417 kHz =
f1 + 100 kHz =
Spectrum Analyzer
Reading
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
Test Result
[b0a]
dBc
dBc
dBc
4. Phase Noise Test
E5100A/B
Spectrum Analyzer
Center Frequency
Frequency
455 kHz
455 kHz
445 kHz
465 kHz
150 MHz
150 MHz
149.99 MHz
150.01 MHz
180 MHz
180 MHz
179.99 MHz
180.01 MHz
300 MHz
300 MHz
299.99 MHz
300.01 MHz
Spectrum Analyzer
Reading
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
dBm
a=
dBm
b=
dBm
b=
Test Result
[b0a]
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
Calculation Sheet A-3
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test
Frequency Power Meter Reading
[ref ]
50 MHz
dBm
1
1
: is the power meter reading of the
source level accuracy test.
Frequency Power Meter Reading
[a]
10 kHz
dBm
50 kHz
dBm
100 kHz
dBm
1 MHz
dBm
10 MHz
dBm
100 MHz
dBm
150 MHz
dBm
180 MHz
dBm
200 MHz
dBm
250 MHz
dBm
300 MHz
dBm
1
1
A-4 Calculation Sheet
Test Result
[a0ref]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
If an Opt.010 or 600 is installed, test at this frequency is not
required.
6. Source Power Linearity Test
Step Attenuator Calibration Value at 50 MHz
Attenuation
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
Calibration Value
dB
a1 =
dB
a2 =
dB
a3 =
dB
a4 =
dB
a5 =
dB
a6 =
1
: Incremental attenuation referenced to 0
dB setting.
1
Reference (0 dBm)
E5100A/B
Source Power
0 dBm
Power Meter
Reference
Reading [b]
[ref]
dBm b+a3 =
dBm
Source Power Linearity
Note
Calculate ref in the calculation sheet for the reference (0 dBm) rst. Then
calculate test results using the equation and the value of ref.
With option 001 and without option 010
E5100A/B
Source Power
+11 dBm
+5 dBm
05 dBm
09 dBm
Power Meter
Reading
[b]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
b+a50ref011=
b+a40ref05=
b+a30ref+5=
b+a30ref+9=
dB
dB
dB
dB
Calculation Sheet A-5
With Option 002 and without Option 010
E5100A/B
Source Power
+5 dBm
05 dBm
010 dBm
015 dBm
Test Result
Power Meter
Reading
[b]
dBm b+a40ref05=
dBm b+a30ref+5=
dBm b+a20ref+10=
dBm b+a20ref+15=
dB
dB
dB
dB
With Option 003 and without Option 010
E5100A/B
Source Power
+7 dBm
+5 dBm
05 dBm
010 dBm
013 dBm
Test Result
Power Meter
Reading
[b]
dBm b+a40ref07=
dBm b+a40ref05=
dBm b+a30ref+5=
dBm b+a20ref+10=
dBm b+a20ref+13=
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
With both Option 001 and Option 010
E5100A/B
Source Power
+22 dBm
+10 dBm
010 dBm
020 dBm
030 dBm
040 dBm
048 dBm
A-6 Calculation Sheet
Power Meter
Reading
[b]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
b+a60ref022=
b+a40ref010=
b+a20ref+10=
b+a10ref+20=
b+a10ref+30=
b+a10ref+40=
b+a10ref+48=
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
With both Option 002 and Option 010
E5100A/B
Source Power
+16 dBm
+10 dBm
010 dBm
020 dBm
030 dBm
040 dBm
050 dBm
054 dBm
Power Meter
Reading
[b]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
b+a50ref016=
b+a40ref010=
b+a20ref+10=
b+a10ref+20=
b+a10ref+30=
b+a10ref+40=
b+a10ref+50=
b0ref+54=
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
With both Option 003 and Option 010, or with Option 600
E5100A/B
Source Power
+18 dBm
+10 dBm
010 dBm
020 dBm
030 dBm
040 dBm
050 dBm
052 dBm
Power Meter
Reading
[b]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
b+a50ref018=
b+a40ref010=
b+a20ref+10=
b+a10ref+20=
b+a10ref+30=
b+a10ref+40=
b+a10ref+50=
b0ref+52=
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Calculation Sheet A-7
7. Receiver Noise Level Test
E5100A
At IF BW 100 Hz
Frequency Input
10 kHz
95 kHz
455 kHz
1.01 MHz
10.7 MHz
101 MHz
110 MHz
A-8 Calculation Sheet
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Frequency Input
179 MHz
201 MHz
299 MHz
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
At IF BW 300 Hz
Frequency Input
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
At IF BW 1 kHz
Frequency Input
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
Calculation Sheet A-9
At IF BW 3 kHz
Frequency Input
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
At IF BW 10 kHz
Frequency Input
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
At IF BW 30 kHz
Frequency Input
455 kHz
101 MHz
A-10 Calculation Sheet
R
A
B
C
R
A
B
C
E5100B
At IF BW 1 kHz
Frequency Input
30 kHz
95 kHz
455 kHz
1.01 MHz
10.7 MHz
101 MHz
110 MHz
201 MHz
299 MHz
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
At IF BW 3 kHz
Frequency Input
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
R
A
At IF BW 10 kHz
Frequency Input
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
R
A
Calculation Sheet A-11
At IF BW 30 kHz
Frequency Input
455 kHz
101 MHz
A-12 Calculation Sheet
R
A
R
A
Trace Mean
[a]
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Test Result
[ 202log(a) ]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
10. Input Crosstalk Test
E5100A
Measurement
R into A
R into B
Frequency
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
Trace Max
Test Result
[ (a+b+c+d)/4 ]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Calculation Sheet A-13
Measurement
R into C
A into R
A-14 Calculation Sheet
Frequency
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
Trace Max
Test Result
[ (a+b+c+d)/4 ]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Measurement
A into B
A into C
Frequency
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
Trace Max
Test Result
[ (a+b+c+d)/4 ]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Calculation Sheet A-15
Measurement
B into R
B into A
A-16 Calculation Sheet
Frequency
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
Trace Max
Test Result
[ (a+b+c+d)/4 ]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Measurement
B into C
C into R
Frequency
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
Trace Max
Test Result
[ (a+b+c+d)/4 ]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Calculation Sheet A-17
Measurement
C into A
C into B
A-18 Calculation Sheet
Frequency
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
10 kHz to 100 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
100 kHz to 200 kHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 180 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
200 kHz to 300 MHz a =
b=
c=
d=
Trace Max
Test Result
[ (a+b+c+d)/4 ]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test
R input (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
300 MHz
E5100A/B
Multimeter/Power Meter
Reading [a]
Reading [b]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
[a0b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
R input (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
300 MHz
Multimeter/Power Meter
E5100A/B
Reading [a]
Reading [b]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
[a0b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
A input (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
300 MHz
Multimeter/Power Meter
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
Reading [a]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
[a0b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Calculation Sheet A-19
A input (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
300 MHz
Multimeter/Power Meter
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
Reading [a]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
[a0b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
B input (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
300 MHz
Multimeter/Power Meter
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
Reading [a]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
[a0b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
B input (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
300 MHz
A-20 Calculation Sheet
Multimeter/Power Meter
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
Reading [a]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
[a0b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
C input (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
300 MHz
Multimeter/Power Meter
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
Reading [a]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
[a0b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
C input (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
30 MHz
50 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
300 MHz
Multimeter/Power Meter
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
Reading [a]
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
dBm
Test Result
[a0b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
Calculation Sheet A-21
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test
Step Attenuator Calibration Value at 50 MHz
Attenuation
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
70 dB
80 dB
1
Calibration Value
dB
a1 =
dB
a2 =
dB
a3 =
dB
a4 =
dB
a5 =
dB
a6 =
dB
a7 =
dB
a8 =
1
: Incremental attenuation referenced to 0
dB setting.
A/R Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
Step Attenuator
Setting
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
70 dB
80 dB
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
20 dB
10 dB
Test Result
A Input Level
b+a1 =
b+a2 =
b+a3 =
b+a4 =
b+a5 =
b+a6 =
b+a7 =
b+a8 =
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
025 dBm
035 dBm
045 dBm
055 dBm
065 dBm
075 dBm
085 dBm
095 dBm
dB b+a2 =
dB b+a1 =
dB
dB
+5 dBm
05 dBm
Phase
Step Attenuator
Setting
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
70 dB
80 dB
20 dB
10 dB
A-22 Calculation Sheet
Test Result
A Input Level
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
025 dBm
035 dBm
045 dBm
055 dBm
065 dBm
075 dBm
085 dBm
095 dBm
deg
deg
+5 dBm
05 dBm
B/R Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
Step Attenuator
Setting
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
70 dB
80 dB
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
20 dB
10 dB
Test Result
B Input Level
b+a1 =
b+a2 =
b+a3 =
b+a4 =
b+a5 =
b+a6 =
b+a7 =
b+a8 =
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
025 dBm
035 dBm
045 dBm
055 dBm
065 dBm
075 dBm
085 dBm
095 dBm
dB b+a2 =
dB b+a1 =
dB
dB
+5 dBm
05 dBm
Phase
Step Attenuator
Setting
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
70 dB
80 dB
20 dB
10 dB
Test Result
B Input Level
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
025 dBm
035 dBm
045 dBm
055 dBm
065 dBm
075 dBm
085 dBm
095 dBm
deg
deg
+5 dBm
05 dBm
Calculation Sheet A-23
C/R Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
Step Attenuator
Setting
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
70 dB
80 dB
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
20 dB
10 dB
Test Result
C Input Level
b+a1 =
b+a2 =
b+a3 =
b+a4 =
b+a5 =
b+a6 =
b+a7 =
b+a8 =
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
025 dBm
035 dBm
045 dBm
055 dBm
065 dBm
075 dBm
085 dBm
095 dBm
dB b+a2 =
dB b+a1 =
dB
dB
+5 dBm
05 dBm
Phase
Step Attenuator
Setting
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
70 dB
80 dB
20 dB
10 dB
A-24 Calculation Sheet
Test Result
C Input Level
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
025 dBm
035 dBm
045 dBm
055 dBm
065 dBm
075 dBm
085 dBm
095 dBm
deg
deg
+5 dBm
05 dBm
C/B Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
Step Attenuator
Setting
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
70 dB
80 dB
E5100A/B
Reading [b]
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
20 dB
10 dB
Test Result
C Input Level
b+a1 =
b+a2 =
b+a3 =
b+a4 =
b+a5 =
b+a6 =
b+a7 =
b+a8 =
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
dB
025 dBm
035 dBm
045 dBm
055 dBm
065 dBm
075 dBm
085 dBm
095 dBm
dB b+a2 =
dB b+a1 =
dB
dB
+5 dBm
05 dBm
Phase
Step Attenuator
Setting
10 dB
20 dB
30 dB
40 dB
50 dB
60 dB
70 dB
80 dB
20 dB
10 dB
Test Result
C Input Level
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
deg
025 dBm
035 dBm
045 dBm
055 dBm
065 dBm
075 dBm
085 dBm
095 dBm
deg
deg
+5 dBm
05 dBm
Calculation Sheet A-25
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B
Option 100/200/300/400/600
B
Agilent Technologies E5100A/B Network Analyzer
Date:
Temperature:
Humidity:
Serial No.:
Tested by:
1. Frequency Range and Accuracy Test
Without Option 1D5
Frequency
Minimum
Limit
299.994 MHz
Test Result
Maximum
Limit
300.006 MHz
Minimum
Limit
300 MHz 299.9997 MHz
Test Result
Maximum
Limit
300.0003 MHz
300 MHz
With Option 1D5
Frequency
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-1
2. Harmonics Test
Option 001/002/003 without Option 010
Frequency Harmonics
Frequency
10 kHz
20 kHz
30 kHz
100 kHz
200 kHz
300 kHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
3 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
30 MHz
100 MHz
200 MHz
300 MHz
200 MHz
400 MHz
600 MHz
300 MHz
600 MHz
900 MHz
Test Result
1
1
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
Test Limit
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
E5100A with option 510 does not require the harmomics test at
this frequency.
B-2 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Option 010 or Option 600
Frequency Harmonics
Frequency
10 kHz
20 kHz
30 kHz
100 kHz
200 kHz
300 kHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
3 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
30 MHz
100 MHz
200 MHz
300 MHz
200 MHz
400 MHz
600 MHz
300 MHz
600 MHz
900 MHz
Test Result
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
Test Limit
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-3
3. Non-Harmonic Spurious Test
Non-Harmonic
Spectrum Analyzer
Test Result Test Limit
Frequency
Center Frequency
< 045 dBc
239.95 MHz Fundamental 0 10.417 kHz
Fundamental + 10.417 kHz
< 045 dBc
< 045 dBc
Fundamental + 100 kHz
B-4 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
4. Phase Noise Test
Reference Frequency Test Result Test Limit
< 090 dBc
455 kHz
445 kHz
465 kHz
< 090 dBc
< 090 dBc
150 MHz 149.99 MHz
150.01 MHz
< 090 dBc
300 MHz 299.99 MHz
< 090 dBc
300.01 MHz
< 090 dBc
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-5
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test
Level Accuracy (at 50 MHz, 0 dBm)
Minimum Limit Test Result Maximum Limit
1 dBm
01 dBm
Level Flatness (relative to 0 dBm at 50 MHz)
Option 001/002 without Option 010
Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
2 dB
10 kHz
04 dB
2 dB
50 kHz
04 dB
2 dB
100 kHz
04 dB
2 dB
1 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
10 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
100 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
150 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
200 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
250 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
300 MHz
04 dB
Option 003 without Option 010
Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
2.5 dB
10 kHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
50 kHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
100 kHz 04.5 dB
2.5 dB
1 MHz
04.5 dB
10 MHz
2.5 dB
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
100 MHz 04.5 dB
2.5 dB
150 MHz 04.5 dB
2.5 dB
200 MHz 04.5 dB
2.5 dB
250 MHz 04.5 dB
300 MHz 04.5 dB
2.5 dB
B-6 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Option 010 or Option 600
Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
2.5 dB
50 kHz
04.5 dB
100 kHz 04.5 dB
2.5 dB
2.5 dB
1 MHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
10 MHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
100 MHz 04.5 dB
3 dB
150 MHz
05 dB
3 dB
200 MHz
05 dB
3 dB
250 MHz
05 dB
3 dB
300 MHz
05 dB
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-7
6. Source Power Linearity Test
Option 001 without Option 010
E5100A/B Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+11 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
+5 dBm
01.0 dB
05 dBm
1.0 dB
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
09 dBm
01.0 dB
Option 002 without Option 010
E5100A/B Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+5 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
05 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
015 dBm
01.0 dB
Option 001 with Option 010
E5100A/B Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+22 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
+10 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
020 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
030 dBm
01.0 dB
1.5 dB
040 dBm
01.5 dB
1.5 dB
048 dBm
01.5 dB
B-8 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Option 002 with Option 010
E5100A/B Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+16 dBm
01.0 dB
+10 dBm
1.0 dB
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
020 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
030 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
040 dBm
01.0 dB
1.5 dB
050 dBm
01.5 dB
1.5 dB
054 dBm
01.5 dB
Option 003 without Option 010
E5100A/B Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+7 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
+5 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
05 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
013 dBm
01.0 dB
Option 003 with Option 010, Option 600
E5100A/B Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+18 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
+10 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
020 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
030 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
040 dBm
01.0 dB
1.5 dB
050 dBm
01.5 dB
1.5 dB
052 dBm
01.5 dB
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-9
7. Receiver Noise Level Test
E5100A
At IF BW 100 Hz
Frequency
10 kHz
95 kHz
455 kHz
1.01 MHz
10.7 MHz
101 MHz
110 MHz
201 MHz
299 MHz
R
A
B
C
Test Limit
< 0105 dBm
< 0105 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
R
A
B
C
Test Limit
< 0120 dBm
< 0120 dBm
R
A
B
C
Test Limit
< 0115 dBm
< 0115 dBm
R
A
B
C
Test Limit
< 0110 dBm
< 0110 dBm
R
A
B
C
Test Limit
< 0105 dBm
< 0105 dBm
At IF BW 300 Hz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
At IF BW 1 kHz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
At IF BW 3 kHz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
At IF BW 10 kHz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
B-10 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
At IF BW 30 kHz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
B
C
Test Limit
< 0100dBm
< 0100 dBm
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-11
E5100B
At IF BW 1 kHz
Frequency
30 kHz
95 kHz
455 kHz
1.01 MHz
10.7 MHz
101 MHz
110 MHz
201 MHz
299 MHz
R
A
Test Limit
< 095 dBm
< 095 dBm
< 0115 dBm
< 0115 dBm
< 0115 dBm
< 0115 dBm
< 0115 dBm
< 0115 dBm
< 0115 dBm
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
Test Limit
< 0110 dBm
< 0110 dBm
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
Test Limit
< 0105 dBm
< 0105 dBm
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
Test Limit
< 0100 dBm
< 0100 dBm
At IF BW 3 kHz
At IF BW 10 kHz
At IF BW 30 kHz
B-12 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
8. Trace Noise Test
Measurement Frequency
Test Reslt Test Limit
< 0.01 dB
A/R
10 kHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
100 kHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
1 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
10 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
100 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
300 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
B/R
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
100 MHz
300 MHz
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
<
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-13
Measurement Frequency
Test Reslt Test Limit
C/R
< 0.01 dB
10 kHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
100 kHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
1 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
10 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
100 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
300 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
C/B
10 kHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
100 kHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
1 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
10 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
100 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
300 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
B-14 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
9. Residual Response Test
Input-R
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
47.85 MHz
< 080 dBm
47.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.84375 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.410714 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.446428 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.833333 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.8125 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.775 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.808333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.858333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.891666 MHz
< 080 dBm
239.8 MHz
< 080 dBm
239.825 MHz
< 080 dBm
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-15
Input-A
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
47.85 MHz
< 080 dBm
47.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.84375 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.410714 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.446428 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.833333 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.8125 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.775 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.808333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.858333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.891666 MHz
< 080 dBm
239.8 MHz
< 080 dBm
239.825 MHz
< 080 dBm
Input-B
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
47.85 MHz
< 080 dBm
47.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.84375 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.410714 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.446428 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.833333 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.8125 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.775 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.808333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.858333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.891666 MHz
< 080 dBm
239.8 MHz
< 080 dBm
239.825 MHz
< 080 dBm
B-16 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Input-C
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
47.85 MHz
< 080 dBm
47.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.84375 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.410714 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.446428 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.833333 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.8125 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.775 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.808333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.858333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.891666 MHz
< 080 dBm
239.8 MHz
< 080 dBm
239.825 MHz
< 080 dBm
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-17
10. Input Crosstalk Test
E5100A
Measurement
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
< 0110 dB
R into A Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0120 dB
< 0110 dB
R into B Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0120 dB
< 0110 dB
R into C Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0110 dB
A into R Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0110 dB
A into B Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0110 dB
A into C Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 MHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
B-18 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Measurement
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
B into R Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0110 dB
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0110 dB
B into A Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0110 dB
B into C Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0110 dB
C into R Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0110 dB
C into A Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
< 0110 dB
C into B Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 300 MHz
E5100B
Measurement
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
< 085 dB
R into A Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0105 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0105 dB
200 kHz to 250 MHz
< 0105 dB
250 MHz to 300 MHz
< 085 dB
A into R Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0105 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
200 kHz to 250 MHz
< 0105 dB
250 MHz to 300 MHz
< 0105 dB
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-19
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test
Input R (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
300 MHz 01.0 dB
Input R (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
300 MHz 01.0 dB
Input A (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
300 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
B-20 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Input A (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
300 MHz 01.0 dB
Input B (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
300 MHz 01.0 dB
Input B (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
300 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-21
Input C (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
300 MHz 01.0 dB
Input C (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
300 MHz 01.0 dB
B-22 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test
A/R Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
A Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm 00.4 dB
05 dBm 00.09 dB
025 dBm 00.05 dB
035 dBm 00.05 dB
045 dBm 00.05 dB
055 dBm 00.06 dB
065 dBm 00.1 dB
075 dBm 00.3 dB
085 dBm 00.9 dB
095 dBm 03. dB
Maximum
Limit
0.4 dB
0.09 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.06 dB
0.1 dB
0.3 dB
0.9 dB
3 dB
A Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm
03
05 dBm
00.6
025 dBm
00.3
035 dBm
00.3
045 dBm
00.3
055 dBm
00.3
065 dBm
00.6
075 dBm
01.8
085 dBm
06
095 dBm
018
Maximum
Limit
3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
1.8
6
18
Phase
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-23
B/R Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
B Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm 00.4 dB
05 dBm 00.09 dB
025 dBm 00.05 dB
035 dBm 00.05 dB
045 dBm 00.05 dB
055 dBm 00.06 dB
065 dBm 00.1 dB
075 dBm 00.3 dB
085 dBm 00.9 dB
095 dBm 03. dB
Maximum
Limit
0.4 dB
0.09 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.06 dB
0.1 dB
0.3 dB
0.9 dB
3 dB
B Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm
03
05 dBm
00.6
025 dBm
00.3
035 dBm
00.3
045 dBm
00.3
055 dBm
00.3
065 dBm
00.6
075 dBm
01.8
085 dBm
06
095 dBm
018
Maximum
Limit
3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
1.8
6
18
Phase
B-24 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
C/R Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
C Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm 00.4 dB
05 dBm 00.09 dB
025 dBm 00.05 dB
035 dBm 00.05 dB
045 dBm 00.05 dB
055 dBm 00.06 dB
065 dBm 00.1 dB
075 dBm 00.3 dB
085 dBm 00.9 dB
095 dBm 03. dB
Maximum
Limit
0.4 dB
0.09 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.06 dB
0.1 dB
0.3 dB
0.9 dB
3 dB
C Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm
03
05 dBm
00.6
025 dBm
00.3
035 dBm
00.3
045 dBm
00.3
055 dBm
00.3
065 dBm
00.6
075 dBm
01.8
085 dBm
06
095 dBm
018
Maximum
Limit
3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
1.8
6
18
Phase
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-25
C/B Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
C Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm 00.4 dB
05 dBm 00.09 dB
025 dBm 00.05 dB
035 dBm 00.05 dB
045 dBm 00.05 dB
055 dBm 00.06 dB
065 dBm 00.1 dB
075 dBm 00.3 dB
085 dBm 00.9 dB
095 dBm 03. dB
Maximum
Limit
0.4 dB
0.09 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.06 dB
0.1 dB
0.3 dB
0.9 dB
3 dB
C Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm
03
05 dBm
00.6
025 dBm
00.3
035 dBm
00.3
045 dBm
00.3
055 dBm
00.3
065 dBm
00.6
075 dBm
01.8
085 dBm
06
095 dBm
018
Maximum
Limit
3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
1.8
6
18
Phase
B-26 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
A Measurement (Option 100)
Magnitude Ratio
A Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
020 dBm 00.4 dB
030 dBm 00.1 dB
050 dBm 00.1 dB
060 dBm 00.1 dB
070 dBm 00.1 dB
080 dBm 00.1 dB
090 dBm 00.2 dB
0100 dBm 00.6 dB
Maximum
Limit
0.4 dB
0.1 dB
0.1 dB
0.1 dB
0.1 dB
0.1 dB
0.2 dB
0.6 dB
C Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
020 dBm
03
030 dBm
00.6
050 dBm
00.3
060 dBm
00.3
070 dBm
00.3
080 dBm
00.3
090 dBm
00.6
0100 dBm
01.8
Maximum
Limit
3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
1.8
Phase
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-27
13. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test
E5100A (Input Impedance: 50 )
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 300 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 300 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 300 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 300 MHz
01 dB
B-28 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
C/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 300 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
C/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 300 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 300 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 300 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-29
E5100A (Input Impedance: 1 M
)
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
Frequency
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
B-30 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
14. Phase Frequency Response Test
E5100A (Input Impedance: 50 )
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 300 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 300 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 300 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 300 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600 B-31
C/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 300 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
C/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 300 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 300 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
B/C Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 300 MHz
05
B-32 Performance Test Record for E5100A/B Option 100/200/300/400/600
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
Performance Test Record for E5100A
Option 118/218/318/618
C
Agilent Technologies E5100A Network Analyzer
Date:
Temperature:
Humidity:
Serial No.:
Tested by:
1. Frequency Range and Accuracy Test
Without Option 1D5
Frequency
Minimum
Limit
179.994 MHz
Test Result
Maximum
Limit
180.006 MHz
Minimum
Limit
180 MHz 179.9997 MHz
Test Result
Maximum
Limit
180.0003 MHz
180 MHz
With Option 1D5
Frequency
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-1
2. Harmonics Test
Option 001/002/003 without Option 010
Frequency Harmonics
Frequency
10 kHz
20 kHz
30 kHz
100 kHz
200 kHz
300 kHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
3 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
30 MHz
100 MHz
200 MHz
300 MHz
180 MHz
360 MHz
540 MHz
Test Result
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
1
1
Test Limit
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
035 dBc
E5100A with option 510 does not require the harmomics test at
this frequency.
Option 010 or Option 618
Frequency Harmonics
Frequency
10 kHz
20 kHz
30 kHz
100 kHz
200 kHz
300 kHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
3 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
30 MHz
100 MHz
200 MHz
300 MHz
180 MHz
180 MHz
360 MHz
Test Result
C-2 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
dBc
Test Limit
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
020 dBc
4. Phase Noise Test
Reference Frequency Test Result Test Limit
< 090 dBc
455 kHz
445 kHz
465 kHz
< 090 dBc
< 090 dBc
150 MHz 149.99 MHz
150.01 MHz
< 090 dBc
180 MHz 179.99 MHz
< 090 dBc
180.01 MHz
< 090 dBc
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-3
5. Source Level Accuracy/Flatness Test
Level Accuracy (at 50 MHz, 0 dBm)
Minimum Limit Test Result Maximum Limit
1 dBm
01 dBm
Level Flatness (relative to 0 dBm at 50 MHz)
Option 001/002 without Option 010
Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
2 dB
10 kHz
04 dB
2 dB
50 kHz
04 dB
2 dB
100 kHz
04 dB
2 dB
1 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
10 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
100 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
150 MHz
04 dB
2 dB
180 MHz
04 dB
Option 003 without Option 010
Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
2.5 dB
10 kHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
50 kHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
100 kHz 04.5 dB
2.5 dB
1 MHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
10 MHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
100 MHz 04.5 dB
150 MHz 04.5 dB
2.5 dB
2.5 dB
180 MHz 04.5 dB
C-4 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Option 010 or Option 618
Frequency Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
2.5 dB
50 kHz
04.5 dB
100 kHz 04.5 dB
2.5 dB
2.5 dB
1 MHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
10 MHz
04.5 dB
2.5 dB
100 MHz 04.5 dB
3 dB
150 MHz
05 dB
3 dB
180 MHz
05 dB
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-5
6. Source Power Linearity Test
Option 001 without Option 010
Minimum Test Result Maximum
E5100A
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+11 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
+5 dBm
01.0 dB
05 dBm
1.0 dB
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
09 dBm
01.0 dB
Option 002 without Option 010
Minimum Test Result Maximum
E5100A
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+5 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
05 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
015 dBm
01.0 dB
Option 001 with Option 010
E5100A
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+22 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
+10 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
020 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
030 dBm
01.0 dB
1.5 dB
040 dBm
01.5 dB
1.5 dB
048 dBm
01.5 dB
C-6 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Option 002 with Option 010
Minimum Test Result Maximum
E5100A
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+16 dBm
01.0 dB
+10 dBm
1.0 dB
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
020 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
030 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
040 dBm
01.0 dB
1.5 dB
050 dBm
01.5 dB
1.5 dB
054 dBm
01.5 dB
Option 003 without Option 010
Minimum Test Result Maximum
E5100A
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+7 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
+5 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
05 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
013 dBm
01.0 dB
Option 003 with Option 010, Option 618
E5100A
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Power Setting Limit
1.0 dB
+18 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
+10 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
010 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
020 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
030 dBm
01.0 dB
1.0 dB
040 dBm
01.0 dB
1.5 dB
050 dBm
01.5 dB
1.5 dB
052 dBm
01.5 dB
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-7
7. Receiver Noise Level Test
E5100A
At IF BW 100 Hz
Frequency
10 kHz
95 kHz
455 kHz
1.01 MHz
10.7 MHz
101 MHz
110 MHz
179 MHz
R
A
B
Test Limit
< 0105 dBm
< 0105 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
< 0125 dBm
R
A
B
Test Limit
< 0120 dBm
< 0120 dBm
R
A
B
Test Limit
< 0115 dBm
< 0115 dBm
R
A
B
Test Limit
< 0110 dBm
< 0110 dBm
R
A
B
Test Limit
< 0105 dBm
< 0105 dBm
At IF BW 300 Hz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
At IF BW 1 kHz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
At IF BW 3 kHz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
At IF BW 10 kHz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
C-8 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
At IF BW 30 kHz
Frequency
455 kHz
101 MHz
R
A
B
Test Limit
< 0100dBm
< 0100 dBm
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-9
8. Trace Noise Test
Measurement Frequency
Test Reslt Test Limit
< 0.01 dB
A/R
10 kHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
100 kHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
1 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
10 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
100 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
180 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
B/R
10 kHz
100 kHz
1 MHz
10 MHz
100 MHz
180 MHz
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
Magnitude
Phase
C-10 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
< 0.05
<
Measurement Frequency
Test Reslt Test Limit
C/R
< 0.01 dB
10 kHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
100 kHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
1 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
10 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
100 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
300 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
C/B
10 kHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
100 kHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
< 0.01 dB
1 MHz Magnitude
Phase
< 0.05
10 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
100 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
300 MHz Magnitude
< 0.01 dB
Phase
< 0.05
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-11
9. Residual Response Test
Input-R
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
47.85 MHz
< 080 dBm
47.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.84375 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.410714 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.446428 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.833333 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.8125 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.775 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.808333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.858333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.891666 MHz
< 080 dBm
Input-A
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
47.85 MHz
< 080 dBm
47.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.84375 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.410714 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.446428 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.833333 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.8125 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.775 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.808333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.858333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.891666 MHz
< 080 dBm
C-12 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Input-B
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
47.85 MHz
< 080 dBm
47.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.84375 MHz
< 080 dBm
59.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.410714 MHz
< 080 dBm
68.446428 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.833333 MHz
< 080 dBm
79.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.8125 MHz
< 080 dBm
119.875 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.775 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.808333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.858333 MHz
< 080 dBm
159.891666 MHz
< 080 dBm
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-13
10. Input Crosstalk Test
E5100A
Measurement
Frequency
Test Result Test Limit
< 0110 dB
R into A Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
200 kHz to 180 MHz
< 0120 dB
< 0110 dB
R into B Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
200 kHz to 180 MHz
< 0120 dB
< 0110 dB
A into R Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 180 MHz
< 0110 dB
A into B Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 180 MHz
< 0110 dB
B into R Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 180 MHz
< 0110 dB
B into A Crosstalk 10 kHz to 100 kHz
< 0120 dB
100 kHz to 200 kHz
< 0120 dB
200 kHz to 180 MHz
C-14 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
11. Absolute Amplitude Accuracy Test
Input R (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
180 MHz 01.0 dB
Input R (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
180 MHz 01.0 dB
Input A (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
180 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-15
Input A (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
180 MHz 01.0 dB
Input B (Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
180 MHz 01.0 dB
Input B (Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency Mimimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
1.0 dB
10 kHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
100 kHz 01.0 dB
1 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
1.0 dB
10 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
30 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
50 MHz 01.0 dB
100 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
180 MHz 01.0 dB
1.0 dB
C-16 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
12. Dynamic Accuracy Test
A/R Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
A Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm 00.4 dB
05 dBm 00.09 dB
025 dBm 00.05 dB
035 dBm 00.05 dB
045 dBm 00.05 dB
055 dBm 00.06 dB
065 dBm 00.1 dB
075 dBm 00.3 dB
085 dBm 00.9 dB
095 dBm 03. dB
Maximum
Limit
0.4 dB
0.09 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.06 dB
0.1 dB
0.3 dB
0.9 dB
3 dB
A Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm
03
05 dBm
00.6
025 dBm
00.3
035 dBm
00.3
045 dBm
00.3
055 dBm
00.3
065 dBm
00.6
075 dBm
01.8
085 dBm
06
095 dBm
018
Maximum
Limit
3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
1.8
6
18
Phase
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-17
B/R Measurement
Magnitude Ratio
B Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm 00.4 dB
05 dBm 00.09 dB
025 dBm 00.05 dB
035 dBm 00.05 dB
045 dBm 00.05 dB
055 dBm 00.06 dB
065 dBm 00.1 dB
075 dBm 00.3 dB
085 dBm 00.9 dB
095 dBm 03. dB
Maximum
Limit
0.4 dB
0.09 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.05 dB
0.06 dB
0.1 dB
0.3 dB
0.9 dB
3 dB
B Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
+5 dBm
03
05 dBm
00.6
025 dBm
00.3
035 dBm
00.3
045 dBm
00.3
055 dBm
00.3
065 dBm
00.6
075 dBm
01.8
085 dBm
06
095 dBm
018
Maximum
Limit
3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
1.8
6
18
Phase
C-18 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
A Measurement (Option 118)
Magnitude Ratio
A Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
020 dBm 00.4 dB
030 dBm 00.1 dB
050 dBm 00.1 dB
060 dBm 00.1 dB
070 dBm 00.1 dB
080 dBm 00.1 dB
090 dBm 00.2 dB
0100 dBm 00.6 dB
Maximum
Limit
0.4 dB
0.1 dB
0.1 dB
0.1 dB
0.1 dB
0.1 dB
0.2 dB
0.6 dB
C Input Minimum Test Result
Level
Limit
020 dBm
03
030 dBm
00.6
050 dBm
00.3
060 dBm
00.3
070 dBm
00.3
080 dBm
00.3
090 dBm
00.6
0100 dBm
01.8
Maximum
Limit
3
0.6
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.6
1.8
Phase
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-19
13. Magnitude Ratio Frequency Response Test
E5100A (Input Impedance: 50 )
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 180 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 180 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 180 MHz
01 dB
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
01 dB
100 kHz to 100 MHz 00.5 dB
100 MHz to 180 MHz
01 dB
C-20 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Maximum
Limit
1 dB
0.5 dB
1 dB
E5100A (Input Impedance: 1 M
)
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
Frequency
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result Maximum
Limit
Limit
3 dB
10 kHz to 5 MHz
03 dB
Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618 C-21
14. Phase Frequency Response Test
E5100A (Input Impedance: 50 )
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 180 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
A/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 180 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 25 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 180 MHz
05
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
B/R Measurement (Input Attenuator: 0 dB)
Frequency
Minimum Test Result
Limit
10 kHz to 100 kHz
05
100 kHz to 100 MHz
02.5
100 MHz to 180 MHz
05
C-22 Performance Test Record for E5100A Option 118/218/318/618
Maximum
Limit
5
2.5
5
D
Manual Changes
Introduction
This appendix contains the information required to adapt this manual to earlier versions or
congurations of the analyzer than the current printing date of this manual. The information
in this manual applies directly to the E5100A/B Network Analyzer serial number prex listed
on the title page of this manual.
Manual Changes
To adapt this manual to your E5100A/B, see Table D-1 and Table D-2, and make all the manual
changes listed opposite your instrument's serial number and rmware version.
Instruments manufactured after the printing of this manual may be dierent from those
documented in this manual. Later instrument versions will be documented in a manual
changes supplement that will accompany the manual shipped with that instrument. If your
instrument's serial number is not listed on the title page of this manual or in Table D-1, it may
be documented in a yellow MANUAL CHANGES supplement.
In additions to change information, the supplement may contain information for correcting
errors (Errata) in the manual. To keep this manual as current and accurate as possible,
Agilent Technologies recommends that you periodically request the latest MANUAL CHANGES
supplement.
For information concerning serial number prexes not listed on the title page or in the
MANUAL CHANGE supplement, contact the nearest Agilent Technologies oce.
Turn on the line switch or execute the *IDN? command by GPIB to conrm the rmware
version. See the GPIB Command Reference manual for information on the *IDN? command.
Table D-1. Manual Changes by Serial Number
Serial Prex or Number
JP1KC
Make Manual Changes
Table D-2. Manual Changes by Firmware Version
Version
Make Manual Changes
Manual Changes D-1
Serial Number
Agilent Technologies uses a two-part, nine-character serial number that is stamped on the serial
number plate (see Figure D-1) attached to the rear panel. The rst four digits and the letter are
the serial prex and the last ve digits are the sux.
Figure D-1. Serial Number Plate
D-2 Manual Changes
Error Messages
This section lists the error messages that are displayed on the analyzer display or transmitted
by the instrument over GPIB. Each error message is accompanied by an explanation, and
suggestions are provided to help in solving the problem. Where applicable, references are given
to related sections of the Operation and Maintenance manuals.
When displayed, error messages are usually preceded with the word \CAUTION:". That part
of the error message has been omitted here for the sake or brevity. Some messages are for
information only, and do not indicate an error condition. Two listings are provided: the rst is
in alphabetical order, and the second in numerical order.
In addition to error messages, instrument status is indicate by status notations on the display.
Examples are \!" and \#". Sometimes these appear in conjunction with error messages. A
complete listing of status and notations and their meanings is provided in \Front and Rear
Panel".
Error Messages in Alphabetical Order
ADDITIONAL STANDARDS NEEDED
152
Error correction for the selected calibration class cannot be computed until all the necessary
standards have been measured.
CALIBRATION REQUIRED
153
No valid calibration coecients were found when user attempted to turn calibration on.
5
CAN'T CHANGE-ANOTHER CONTROLLER ON BUS
The analyzer cannot assume the mode of system controller until the active controller is
removed from the bus or relinquishes the bus.
55
CAN'T COPY A DIRECTORY
A directory name is selected as a source le. Select a le to be copied before pressing
COPY FILE .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
0281
CANNOT CREATE PROGRAM
Indicates that an attempt to create a program was unsuccessful. A reason for the failure might
include not enough memory.
0253
CORRUPT MEDIA
A legal program command could not be executed because of corrupt media; for example, a bad
disk or wrong format.
Messages-1
0104
DATA TYPE ERROR
Improper data type used (for example, string data was expected, but numeric data was
received).
0255
DIRECTORY FULL
A legal program command could not be executed because the media directory was full.
0257
FILE NAME ERROR
A legal program command could not be executed because the le name on the device media
was in error; for example, an attempt was made to copy to a duplicate le name.
0256
FILE NAME NOT FOUND
A legal program command could not be executed because the le name on the device media
was not found; for example, an attempt was made to read or copy a nonexistent le.
0282
ILLEGAL PROGRAM NAME
The name used to reference a program was invalid; for example, redening an existing
programm deleting a nonexistent program, or in gerenral, referencing a nonexsitent program.
0282
ILLEGAL VARIABLE NAME
An attempt was made to reference a nonexistent variable in a program.
154
LIST TABLE EMPTY OR INSUFFICIENT TABLE
The frequency list is empty. To implement the list frequency mode, make the list table.
126
LOCAL MAX NOT FOUND
The maximum peak whose sharpness is dened by the peak dene function cannot be found.
127
LOCAL MIN NOT FOUND
The minimum peak whose sharpness is dened by the peak dene function cannot be found.
0250
MASS STORAGE ERROR
A mass storage error occurred. This error message is used when the device cannot detect the
more specic errors described for errors 0251 trough 0259.
0254
MEDIA FULL
A legal program command could not be executed because the media was full.
0258
MEDIA PROTECTED
A legal program command could not be executed because the media was protected; for
example, the disk was write-protected.
0251
MISSING MASS STORAGE
A legal program command could not be executed because of missing mass storage; for example,
attempt to access an external disk drive by using Instrument BASIC.
Messages-2
0252
MISSING MEDIA
A legal program command could not be executed because of a missing media; for example, no
disk.
0109
MISSING PARAMETER
A command with an improper number of parameters received.
NO MARKER DELTA - RANGE NOT SET
129
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
The SEARCH RNG STORE softkey requires that delta marker mode be turned on, with at least
two markers displayed.
NO MARKER DELTA - SPAN NOT SET
128
The MARKER ! SPAN softkey requires that delta marker mode be turned on, with at least two
markers displayed.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
NO VALID MEMORY TRACE
156
If a memory array is to be displayed or otherwise used, a data must rst be stored to memory
by GPIB.
NOT A DIRECTORY
56
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
A le name is selected when CHANGE DIRECTORY is pressed. Select a directory name before
pressing CHANGE DIRECTORY .
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
0321
OUT OF MEMORY
An internal operation needed more memory than was available.
OVERLOAD ON INPUT
145
The power level at one of the receiver inputs exceeds a certain level greater than the
maximum input level.
0108
PARAMETER NOT ALLOWED
Too many parameters for the command received.
1
PRINTER NOT POWERED ON OR DISCONNECTED
The printer does not respond to control. Verify power to the printer and connection between
the analyzer and the printer.
0284
PROGRAM CURRENTLY RUNNING
Certain operations dealing with programs may be illegal while the program is running; for
example, deleting a running program might not be possible.
Messages-3
0280
PROGRAM ERROR
Indicates that a downloaded program-ralated execution error occured. This error message
should be used when the device cannot detect the more specic errors described for errors
0281 through 0289. A downloaded program is used to add algorithmic capability to a
device. The syntax used in the program and the mechanism for downloading a program is
device-specic.
0286
PROGRAM RUNTIME ERROR
Runtime error has occured,
0285
PROGRAM SYNTAX ERROR
Indicats that a syntax error appears in a downloaded program. The syntax used when parsing
the downloaded program is device-specic.
0430
QUERY DEADLOCKED
Input buer and output buer are full; cannot continue.
0400
QUERT ERROR
Query is improper.
0410
QUERY INTERRUPTED
Query is followed by DAB or GET before the response was completed.
0420
QUERY UNTERMINATED
Addressed to talk, incomplete program message received.
115
RECALL: CRC ERROR
A serious error, for example corrupted data, is detected on recalling a le, and this forced the
analyzer to be PRESET.
116
RECALL: INVALID OPTION ERROR
The recalled le was saved by the other analyzer which is equipped with the direrence
option.
103
SAVE: CRC ERROR
A serious error, for example physically damaged disk surface, is detected on saving a le.
Change the disk.
0102
SYNTAX ERROR
Unrecognized command or data type was received.
155
TOO MANY SEGMENTS OR POINTS
In list table editor, the total of number of points exceeds 801 so that the new segment can not
be made.
Messages-4
0113
UNDEFINED HEADER
Undened header or an unrecognized command was received (operation not allowed).
139
WRONG I/O PORT DIRECTION
The direction of I/O port C or D is opposite.
Messages-5
REGIONAL SALES AND SUPPORT OFFICES
For more information about Agilent Technologies test and measurement products, applications, services, and
for a current sales office listing, visit our web site: http://www.agilent.com/find/tmdir. You can also contact one
of the following centers and ask for a test and measurement sales representative.
11/29/99
United States:
Agilent Technologies
Test and Measurement Call Center
P.O.Box 4026
Englewood, CO 80155-4026
(tel) 1 800 452 4844
Canada:
Agilent Technologies Canada Inc.
5150 Spectrum Way
Mississauga, Ontario
L4W 5G1
(tel) 1 877 894 4414
Europe:
Agilent Technologies
Test & Measurement
European Marketing Organization
P.O.Box 999
1180 AZ Amstelveen
The Netherlands
(tel) (31 20) 547 9999
Japan:
Agilent Technologies Japan Ltd.
Call Center
9-1, Takakura-Cho, Hachioji-Shi,
Tokyo 192-8510, Japan
(tel) (81) 426 56 7832
(fax) (81) 426 56 7840
Latin America:
Agilent Technologies
Latin American Region Headquarters
5200 Blue Lagoon Drive, Suite #950
Miami, Florida 33126
U.S.A.
(tel) (305) 267 4245
(fax) (305) 267 4286
Australia/New Zealand:
Agilent Technologies Australia Pty Ltd
347 Burwood Highway
Forest Hill, Victoria 3131
(tel) 1-800 629 485 (Australia)
(fax) (61 3) 9272 0749
(tel) 0 800 738 378 (New Zealand)
(fax) (64 4) 802 6881
Asia Pacific:
Agilent Technologies
24/F, Cityplaza One, 1111 King’s Road,
Taikoo Shing, Hong Kong
(tel) (852)-3197-7777
(fax) (852)-2506-9284

advertisement

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement